Home

Introduction

1. 6 4 Starting the SNOMNE 0cc ccievecscncesacsetosecdacedisctcesteresies 5 7 5 12 E Sicering WAG isossienidni eea rt 4 38 EAO erea E E E E 4 40 Oy SiS tN iison aA aA ER 4 38 Tilt steering os csestsincnsdindesnesdanesgqasossennhadochoehdonnedndiledstncbens 4 39 Storage COMIPALIMENE ssec eii dirani asrina 4 132 Center console SLOTABC 21 26csceesedacnccaterdarancanssacnrend 4 132 E oa E E TE 4 133 ey Wed rs hci DOldeT se N 4 134 SUNG lass holder scenie i 4 134 Sunroof see panorama sunroof ssessseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeee 4 32 UV IS e P E E EE E E 4 137 Tachometer E 4 47 Theft alarmi Syste surisrisinieiiuin ii 4 12 TOES GFN essien ieii 4 39 Tire 0 genic D1 eee Dee nna Eee a a TE 7 66 Tire specification and pressure label c cceseeeees 8 8 Tires and wher lE conero E iai 7 65 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 65 Checking tire inflation pressure cccccccceceeeeeeeees 7 66 Wheel alignment and tire balance eee 7 68 Compact spare tire replacement cscs cndiaantenaanceeeeeceaniads 7 70 Wheel replacement ccccceesssssseeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeees 7 70 Tires and wheels i siciassiasasiccscveacadcesteesdsadneqasddansenarsdassdceasts 8 3 TON e E N 6 26 Emergency town ee ee ee 6 26 Transaxle Automatic transaxle cccccccessssssscsccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 22 Manual transaxle sissien 5 19 Trip computer csictscessassaacaaestossincas
2. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Features of your vehicle OTF040134N Defrost mode When you select the defrost mode the following system settings will be made automatically e The air conditioning system will be turned on e The outside fresh air position will be selected e The fan speed will be set to the high speed To turn the defrost mode off press the mode button or defrost button again or AUTO button Instrument panel vents The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumb wheel To close the vent rotate it down ward to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it upward to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OTF040135 Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by turning the knob to the right extremely The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by turning the knob to the left extremely When turning the knob the temperature will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature set ting the air conditioning will operate con tinuously el Features of your vehicle OTF040137 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button t
3. 44 WARNING Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadver tently moved to another position Safety features of your vehicle e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on x NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION DAE A Sead Er OTF030025 CAL om r e When cleaning the seats do not warmer if i use an organic solvent such as Seat warme if equ pped paint thinner benzene alcohol The seat warmer is provided to warm the and gasoline Doing so may dam front seats during cold weather With the age the surface of the heater or ignition switch in the ON position push seats either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on During mild weather or under conditions the seats that insulates against where the operation of the seat warmer heat such as blankets cushions is not needed keep the switches in the or seal covers while the seat OFF position warmer is in operation e Each time you press the button the e Do not
4. NOCA ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV 1 9 2 01 Gasoline Ena Nu 2 0L 2 01 2 11 US at asoline Engine THETA 1 8 1 91 2 0L 2 4L 1 9 2 0 US at APAL A SAI ENG 1 8 1 91 Diesel Engine U2 1 7 1 9 2 0 US qt Specifications amp Consumer information Power steering fluid PSF 4 pp For Middle East Except Middle East rT For Middle East Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol Except Middle East base coolant for aluminum radiator 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings Diesel Particulate Filter 4 MT Manual transaxle AT Automatic transaxle i el Specifications amp Consumer information oo enaa SAE viscosity Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers number C130 20 10 0 10 20 30 CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on For Middle unpaved roads Cleaning the plug East and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from enterin
5. 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions car bon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or s
6. CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES J J Sa OTF040157 Cigarette lighter if equipped Ashtray if equipped For the cigarette lighter to work the igni To use the ashtray open the cover tion switch must be in the ACC position To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out or the ON position Use the ashtray by leaning it to the cup To use the cigarette lighter push it all the holder right beside way into its socket When the element has heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position Features of your vehicle Cup holder Front E Type A WARNING Hot liquids e Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you burn yourself Such a burn to the driv er could lead to loss of control of the vehicle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision do not place uncov ered or unsecured bottles glass es cans etc in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion OTF040158 OTF040159 OTF040160 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders 4 WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a vehicle that is heated up It may explode Sunvisor Use
7. If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to your country s regulations and that it is prop erly installed and operating correctly If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly e Don t tap into your vehicle s brake sys tem Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains electrical connector s lights tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer mov ing and then apply the trailer brake con troller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electri cal connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and trailer brakes are still working Driving your vehicle Following distance Stay at least twic
8. Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Safety features of your vehicle Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehi cle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visi ble Additional questions concerning seat belt operation we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer kt i Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific
9. Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion E Type A OTF040114 E Type B OTF040115 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Front windshield deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the front windshield deicer it will be operating at the same time you operate the rear win dow defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Fan speed control knob 5 Air conditioning button 2 Front windshield defroster button 6 Mode selection button 3 Rear window defroster button 7 Air intake control button 4 Temperature control knob OTF040120 kt el Features of your vehicle He
10. 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music
11. Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 2 Vehicle break in process 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Introduction E HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manu al These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle coul
12. Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 15 000 km 10 000 miles or 12months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect front suspension ball joints UW Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect vacuum hose 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped U Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Continued Continued UO Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months O Add fuel additives Every 5 000 km or 6months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance nnn TT NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Inspect air conditioner refrigeran
13. TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 e a ee ee eee gq e e e e e e e e e e e e e Index Index A B Active PCO system eae ne eee ener On eee ee eee 5 56 Dase curb Welgi ouaaa nre ERa 5 82 A If WAS con zec0 ciccncsscngce gxssesueicateeesscucesecnnnaanoetanonanneesasaneatete 3 4 PUY T E EE EAE E EE EE EA EE 7 62 Air bag warning label ccccssssssccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 63 Battery saver TUNCHON sarcina 4 93 Air bag warning light scaxexssvcseavaeorsdssacecoraseeeecetersdexieds 3 44 Before driving sissisrrssininsriieranssrenerinisniaiin 5 3 Curtain air DAG 5 oscicsincsatecnsthactsecsserosenddnsdidadbinesewetecieietbess 3 55 Bottle holders see cup holders 4 cscsccadeccastbenescesaestess 4 136 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 0000000000 3 48 Drake syste Mi erone a n EE E eegetsaeeonties 5 29 Side impact air Dag dec esta oaccses twsseredecuostaavsdedeeebrelesncens 3 53 Anti lock brake system ABS cccccccccccccceceeeeeeeees 5 33 Air Clegane ainor n a EEEE T ei 7 55 Electronic stability program ESP c cece 5 43 Air conditioner compressor label cccccccccccceeeeeeeees 8 9 Electric parking brake EPB sccacecsssecsndtacteenenpacesteneshens 5 35 Alaro SyS UC I esnean nrn RE 4 12 Farking DIK soc crencatexoreassceatoutns diene einer Errorea 5 30 Anti lock brake system ABS ccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeees 5 33 Power OI CSS cisepadcesnnt
14. When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces Ay WARNING Brakes e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued Continued e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to safely slow down the vehicle may a
15. ment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation i el Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OTA040003 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and trunk and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section OTF040008 Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors and trunk Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and trunk closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and trunk If all doors and trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and trunk are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock but ton inside the vehicle except Europe or pull the outside door handle Even though you press the outside door handle buttons the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur e The smart key is in the vehicle e The ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except
16. registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer The smart key will not work if any of following occur The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key You keep the smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart Key does not work cor rectly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Continued Continued e If the smart Key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices A CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty kt el Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF E
17. sion we produce cars of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the Owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your car are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the Car e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois ture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the mo
18. x NOTICE When the system is not working proper ly up amp down arrow indicator and Gear are not displayed Charging system warning light E This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a problem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Trunk open warning light This warning light illuminates when a trunk is not closed securely a This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely Door ajar warning light Features of your vehicle Immobilizer indicator if equipped Without smart key system This light illuminates when the immobiliz er key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes off e When the smart key
19. 1 Adjusting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Volume Bluetooth Wireless Technology sys tem volume can be adjusted separately from main volume of the audio system Volume control is available by manual operation only Select BT Vol in BT SETUP menu adjust volume to desired level by turn ing the knob then press the knob again to confirm I Sse Features of your vehicle 2 Adjusting Bluetooth Wireless Technology language Select BT Voice Recognition lan guage in PHONE menu adjust lan guage to desired language by turning the knob then press the knob again to confirm Supported Languages FRENCH GERMAN UK ENGLISH SPANISH DUTCH ITALIAN DANISH RU SSIAN POLISH SWEDISH NOTE The Phone need to be paired again after changing system language e Avoid resting your thumb or finger on the talk button as the language could unintentionally change e Turning Bluetooth Wireless Technology ON OFF Bluetooth Wireless Technology system can be enabled ON or disabled OFF by this menu If Bluetooth Wireless Technology is disabled all the commands related to Bluetooth Wireless Technology sys tem prompts whether you wish to turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology ON or not 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Bluetooth Off after prompt 4 Say Yes to confirm 5 By manual operation Select BT Off in PHONE menu then after announcement say
20. 4 Tail light if equipped 3 Back up light Rear fog light if equipped 4 Rear fog light if equipped S Tail ight ent PAURES If the light LED does not operate we rec ommend that you checked an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance OTF070032 3 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole Back up light Rear fog light Tail light u equipped 3 1 Open the trunk 2 Loosen the retaining screw of the trunk lid cover and then remove the cover Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counter clock wise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket into the assembly by aligning
21. 7 111 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E Gasoline Engine THETA 2 0L Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake Clutch fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Positive battery terminal Negative battery terminal Engine oil dipstick 9 Radiator cap CON OO OF WNP 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 11 Power steering fluid reservoir if equipped OTFO70001L OTFO70072L Maintenance m Gasoline Engine Nu 2 0L Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake Clutch fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Positive battery terminal Negative battery terminal Engine oil dipstick m Diesel Engine 9 Radiator cap L 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 11 Fuel filter if equipped ONOoahR WD OYF072208L OTFS070001 tt Maintenance SE aaa MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility X NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility We recommend in general that you have your vehicle serviced by an authorized Kia dealer You should retain documents that
22. At first 200 000 km 120 000 miles or 120months after that every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 24months U Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months O Add fuel additives Every 5 000 km or 6months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace No check No service required Q Automatic transaxle fluid Maintenance RR MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation ee Every 7 500 km 5 000 miles or ABCDE Engine oil and engine oil filter R Breer Se EL aL CTL Air cleaner filter R Replace DAE Hee C E depending on the condition Replace more frequently Spalis pUe L depending on the condition at Manual transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C DEGHILK A C D F Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 100 000 km 62 500 miles GHIK Inspect more frequently Steering gear rack linkage and boots depending on the condition C D Eb G Front suspension ball joints epacl more wapent C DEFRO depending on the condition M
23. Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergency Emergency towing precautions l Place the ignition switch in ACC so the CAUTION Automatic steering wheel isn t locked transaxle e Place the transaxle shift lever in N If the car is being towed with all Neutral four wheels on the ground it can Release the parking bake be towed only from the front Be Press the brake pedal with more force sure that the transaxle is in neu tral Be sure the steering is than normal since you will have Pan F gt reduced brake performance piles TE the eA switch in the position s a More steering effort will be required ER TE Domine owed A because the power steering system ined oHa cle to operate the steering and eR If you are driving down a long hill the planes e Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 ace may eae and ae p ar e To avoid serious damage to the feet
24. Engine Oil Tire Rotation Service Required 1 If service is required the message will be displayed Features of your vehicle Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine If any light that does not illumi nate we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low ECO indicator if equipped ECO ON OFF mode if equipped ECO When the active ECO is operating the ECO indicator is green For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 Air bag warning light if equipped lt ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the SRS air bag warning light amp does not come on or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driv ing we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer a eed Features of your vehic
25. Lumbar support if equipped The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the seat 1 Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support 2 Release the switch once it reaches the desired position Safety features of your vehicle gt 7 Dent pol OMG038400 Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision ke a S afety features of your vehicle 2 _ a Afi OTF030010 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 F w rA re Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Safety features of your vehicle The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent
26. Maintenance SS NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or 2 Inspect air cleaner filter replace Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Q Inspect parking brake 0 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Diesel Q Replace fuel filter cartridge Diesel Maintenance a ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48 months Continued Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect battery condition Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect cooling system Replace climate control air filter if equipped Inspect disc brakes and pads UO Replace engine oil and filter Diesel Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Replace fu
27. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery e Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used e Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at atime or it may overheat e Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 30 C 22 F e Do not use the sealing compound after its expiration date which can be found on the label of the bottle e Keep away from children Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 30 70 C 22 158 F Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 170 x 150 x 60 mm 6 7 x 5 9 x 2 4 in Sealant bottle 85 x 77 mm 3 3 x 3 0 in Compressor weight 0 8 kg 1 8 Ibs Sealant volume 200 ml 12 2 cu in Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized vehicle or tire dealer Empty sealing com pound bottles may be disposed of at home Liquid residue from the sealing compound should be dis posed of by your vehicle or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations What to do in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS IF EQUIPPED OTF060013N 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator 2 Low tire pressure position telltale Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when
28. Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel 6 Button AUTO STORE When the button is pressed it automati cally selects and saves channels with high reception rate to PRESET buttons CEH GE and plays the channel saved in PRESET1 If no channel is saved after AST it will play the previous channel PA760TFG RADIO 7 PRESET Buttons Push GB EB buttons less than 0 8 second to play the channel saved in each button Push Preset button for 0 8 second or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle M PA760TFG_RADIO 8 Batti Button E CD Player PA710TFG Press this button to turn to the SETUP adjustment mode If no action is taken for 5 seconds after pressing the button it will return to the play mode After entering SETUP mode move between items using the left right and PUSH functions of the knob The setup changes in the order of Scroll SDVC BEAN Media Scroll E CD Changer PA760TFG The setup Change in the order of Scroll SDVC MEA Media Scroll e Scroll This function is used to display charac ters longer than the LCD text display and can be turned On Off through the sound quality control knob e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control This function automatically adjusts the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle and can be turned On Off through
29. Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION We recommend that you use a puncture repairing agent approved by Kia to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant not approved by Kia may damage the tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel shall be elem inated when you replace the tire with a new one Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehi cle After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure and position
30. Relay RLY 4 C FAN LO Relay With Smart Key Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 1 RLY 2 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch EMS Box Fuse F38 F39 A C Control Module aus OA Battery Sensor FUSE RLY 10 HAC Relay Stop Lamp Relay RLY 7 Deicer Relay RLY 2 Head Lamp Washer Relay I P Junction Box Fuse F33 F34 F37 Power Connector IPS 1 IPS 2 IPS 3 ARISU1 Oe m Ce See Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel EMS box Gasoline engine Diesel engine No Symbol ee Protected component No Symbol Pe Protected component Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 Condenser 1 SPARE Oil Control Valve 1 2 Diesel Box Glow Plug Relay PTC Purge Control Solenoid Valve Heater Relay 1 Lambda Sensor 9 Oe Crankshaft Position Sensor CS Ga Uo EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Oil Level Sensor 1 m Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 i Camshaft Position Sensor 3 Immobilizer Module 3 fey a Immobilizer Module Injector 1 2 3 4 G4KD G4KE j m RLY 1 F PUMP Relay o SRA a a a VGT Control Solenoid Valve i E R Relay Box RLY 4 C FAN 15A E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 4 C FAN 5 15A e ie i SOE Oe LO Relay Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve 7 RLY 1 F PUMP Relay a epee ad n 8 A Be Pee Po Or E mor E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 13 B Horn elay RLY 2 Horn Relay 8 Relay RLY 2 Horn Relay 9 CA RLY 3 Engine Control Relay 9 Cm RLY 3 Engine Control Relay Main
31. Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions NOTE Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio sys tem refer Deleting Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up The system replies with available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard 3 Say Pair Phone 4 Proceed at next step 5 Say the name of your phone when prompted Use any name to uniquely describe your phone Use Full name to voice tag Not use to short name or similar to voice command 6 Bluetooth Wireless Technology sys tem will repeat the name you stated 7 Say Yes to confirm 8 The audio displays searching ___ passkey 0000 and asks you to initiate pairing procedure from the phone Features of your vehicle 9 Search the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system on your phone Your phone should display your vehi cle model name on the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device list Then attempt pairing on your phone 10 After Pairing is completed your phone will start to transfer phone con tact list to the audio system Thi
32. YES to confirm m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding Entry Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred e Adding Entry by Voice 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message oress again and then a beep is heard 3 Say Add Entry 4 Say By Voice to proceed 5 Say the name of the entry when prompted 6 Say Yes to confirm 7 Say the phone number of that entry when prompted 8 Say Store if phone number input is finished 9 Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available 10 Say Yes to complete adding entry 11 Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process el Features of your vehicle x NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers con stituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine f
33. and trunk closed fasten the driver s seat belt or depress the brake pedal and then press the Auto Hold button The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position Driving your vehicle 2 When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green 3 The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal 4 lf EPB is applied Auto Hold will be released and the indicator will change to white Leaving If you press the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in R Reverse D Drive or sports mode the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move The indicator changes from green to white Cancel To cancel the Auto Hold operation press the Auto Hold switch The AUTO HOLD indicator will go out To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill press the Auto Hold switch while depressing the brake pedal Driving your vehicle NOTICE Continued e The Auto Hold does not operate If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights when up yellow the Auto Hold is not work The driver s seat belt is unfastened ing properly We recommend that the and driver s door is opened you contact an authorized Kia dealer The engine hood is opened The trunk is opened The shift lever is in P Park The EPB is applied For your safety the Auto Hold auto
34. at lt home gt Features of your vehicle e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine 1 Press button 2 Say Call 3 Say Number when prompted 4 Say desired phone numbers 5 Say Dial to complete the number and make a call X Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Dial Number 2 Say Dial lt digit gt m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel x NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may
35. audio system to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology related fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc Continued the other person s voice during a call Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth Wireless Technology system or cellular service stations can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth Wireless Technology your phone may dis charge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth Wireless Technology related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY PHONE OPERATION 1 VOLUME button Raises or lowers speaker volume 2 CALL button Places or transfers a call 3 END button Rejects or ends a call m What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset wireless remote control etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com General Features e This audio syst
36. matically switches to EPB in such cases The driver s seat belt is unfastened and driver s door is opened The engine hood is opened The trunk is opened The vehicle is in a standstill for more A CAUTION If there is a malfunction with the dri ver s door engine hood or trunk open detection system the Auto Hold may not work properly We recommend that the you con than 10 minutes l tact an authorized Kia dealer The vehicle is standing on a steep slope The vehicle moved several times In these cases the brake warning light comes on the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white and a warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged Before driving off again press foot brake pedal check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release parking brake manually with the EPB switch Continued Driving your vehicle E OTF050018 Electronic stability program ESP if equipped The Electronic Stability Program ESP system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESP checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESP applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Program ESP system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a
37. may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods Wash all exposed skin areas thorough ly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activated Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximate ly 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminat ing for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle 4A WARNING e Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat bel
38. position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 8 With the ignition switched on Switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 3 minutes to fill the sealant The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant Immediately drive approximately 3 km 2 miles to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire A CAUTION Do not exceed a speed of 80 km h 50 mph If possible do not fall below a speed of 20 km h 12 mph While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride dis turbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or tow ing Producing the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 3 km 2 miles stop at a suitable location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to 220 kPa 82 psi With the ignition switched on proceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor p
39. substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESP will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESP is active x NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Program System is functioning proper ly i i el Driving your vehicle ESP operation When operating ESP operation off ESP ON condition When the ESP is in operation ESP OFF state e When the ignition is turned the ESP indicator light blinks e To cancel ESP operation ON ESP and ESP OFF indi ee When the Electronic Stability oo press the ESP OFF button cator lights illuminate for Program is operating proper OFF ESP OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds ly you can feel a slight pulsa minates then ESP is turned on tion in the vehicle This is only e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESP OFF button the effect of brake control and to LOCK position when ESP after turning the ignition ON indi
40. 3 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal 4 Return the wiper arm to the original position 1LDA5023 Type B J CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip Pre wt a a as 4 a TETTEY iii 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance OSBLO071002 4 Push down the wiper arm 3 and install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal 5 Return the wiper arm on the wind shield Type C 1 Raise the wiper arm A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield i OSBLO71008 2 Turn the wiper blade clip Then lift up the blade clip 3 Push the clip 1 and push up the wiper arm 2 Maintenance BATTERY For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended ti
41. 33 225 33 225 Full size tire 05 79 88 107 t Normal load Up to 3 persons Tires fitted as Original Equipment meet the Indian Standard 1S 15633 A CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly el Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Voume Classification 2 0L j Except Europe 4 0 1 4 23 US qt Engine oil API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above drain and refill For Middle East 4 2 1 4 44 US at Gasoline ae ere If the API service SM engine oil is not avail iddle 4 1 1 4 33 US at able in your country you are able to use API Recommends ast service SL For Europe THETA For Middle East 4 6 4 86 US qt Shell 2 4L HELD au Middle 4 5 1 4 75 US at Motor oils East Diesel with DPF 5 3 Z 5 60 US qt ACEA C3 Engine without DPF 5 37 5 60 US qt ACEA B4 Automatic transaxle Gasoline Engine 1175 US GL MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV i Diesel Engine 7 81 8 24 7 8 1 8 24 US qt 7 8 1 8 24 US qt
42. A E lype B Speed Limit 80 km h aay Ao nm 7 OESS Limit 80km h mm OTFR050054 OTF050053L_Q The indicator illuminates when the speed limit control system is enabled by pressing y button on the steering wheel The indicator goes off when the sy button is pressed again to deactivate the system E Type A Speed Limit km h i d OTFR050054 OTF050053L_Q If there is a problem with the speed limit control system the OFF indicator will blink If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer For more details refer to Speed limit control system in section 5 The speed limiter indicators illuminates on the LCD display Features of your vehicle Auto stop indicator if equipped A This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the automatic starting occurs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system in chapter 5 x NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Low tire pressure indicator TPMS malfunction indica tor if equipped 1 Low tire pressu
43. AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle J CAUTION Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel this will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work prop erly E Type A High beam operation OED040801 OAM049044 To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running Features of your vehicle wi OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal is operating They
44. Add fuel additives Every 5 000 km or 6months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 120 000 km 80 000 miles or 96months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt U Inspect drive shafts and boots 0 Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines hoses and connections Q Inspect parking brake 0 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect vacuum hose U Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Continued Continued Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months Q Replace fuel filter UO Replace fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Replace coolant
45. Also the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 seconds Low key battery E Type A E lype B C4 i Low Key Battery Low Key Battery OTF040083N If the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illu minates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Features of your vehicle Press brake pedal to start engine for automatic transaxle E Type A E lype B Press brake pedal gt to start engine Press brake pedal to j ston engine l OTF040084N If the engine start stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press clutch pedal to start engine for manual transaxle E Type A E lype B Press clutch pedal to start engine Press clutch pedal to stort engine OTFO40090N If the engine start stop button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the but ton repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Shift to P position for automatic transaxle E Type B gial p il i h T E Ty
46. E EEA 6 7 S Owner maintenance ssssssseneneeeeeeesesersssssssesessrerrrrreeeene 7 6 l Scheduled maintenance service cccceeeseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 8 P Normal maintenance schedule 00 7 9 7 20 7 31 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 7 29 7 40 Paddle shifter serseri eia ee 5 25 Seat belts sta ceitensee scence cee snchendesenubhestapastnaunneettersaradings 3 17 PANOFAMIA SUIT OOL jagigcessaseeientssasaccsorcnhttasntsdentmaenecsasensanect 4 32 Height adjustment 0 0 cccccccccscesssesesesessssssesseteeseseseees 3 20 Park ig assist SY SUCH espesar a Wap SONICS bellec 3 20 ENE DO Kae E Se aceate sp coranteagsnset 5 30 Lap De lt scsesceseacssacscosessscsansescnsesonovdsrassstansonsasyeseeescuenies 3 22 Parking brake ISpect 0 ccccsecsssseeeeressseaseeseaeenen J 34 Pre tensioner seat belt scnsossenacicddesvinnencasddercraiacnerind cannen 3 24 Passenger s front air Dag sreske 3 48 AU WA eonia wotbanns 3 9 3 16 Power DEAKCS sisi sinvusaeriusameehandenn navcdueeastsssusteasoiuaneowssueeaiivis 5 29 Seatback pocket o c cccccscccscsesesesesesessesssesesestsseceveverseeee Zali Power u o sees eeeseeseeenseeanenereentaeee asla BO asec E T E E cee E T O 3 2 Power steering asese inn r erties 4 38 Front seat adjustment manual ccceecceseeeseeeseeeseeee aA Power steering TIC sisscccresacnassananscccnscnmaanasanneniesareniannae 7 51 Front seat adjustment pOWEr c ccccccccsesesssesesseesseseeeees 3
47. Europe Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children When using the child safety seats refer to the following table Seating Position Ran ou Seating Position ee Front passenger Rear outboard O Upto 10kg 0 9 months 0 Up to 13 kg 0 2 years T kg to 18 kg Il amp III 15 kg to 36 z 4 12 years U Suitable for universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group X Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group Safety features of your vehicle Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions For Europe vehicle ISOFIX positions Mass Group Size Class Fixture Rear Outboard Rear Outboard Front Passenger l Rear Center ae side ce ceo Canyet cot Sache canyon 3008 O E S E S UP to 10kg m ISORI C som o o oo o o o e o OUP to t g DB f soe OOo ooo o e y e O C ce T oe y o o e y e o Co f oe o o y e y e O c o oe o o g e y e o swis 8 soe o oo f o e o o e y SS C sore Coa f o o o J e y e O o IUF Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal A ISO F3 Full Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height 720mm category approved for use in the mass group B ISO F2 Reduced Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height IL Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems CRS given 650mm in the attached list These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific B1 ISO F2X Re
48. Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will be illuminated for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 sec onds when the door is closed OTF050002 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative Xx NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this posi tion el Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE X NOTICE Kick down mecha nism if equip
49. Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good qual ity gasolines meet Europe Fuel stan dards EN228 or equivalents For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel additives regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly one bottle of additives added to the fuel tank at every 15 000km For Europe 5 000km Except Europe Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able Diesel engine Diesel fuel Diesel engine must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard EN stands for European Norm Do not use marine diesel fuel heating oils or non approved fuel addi tives as this will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system The use of non approved fuels and or fuel additives will result in a limi tation of your warranty rights Diesel
50. TNN enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected x NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compart ment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Features of your vehicle OTF040127 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan OTF040128 Air conditioning A C Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outsi
51. Technology cellular phones may not play music through the audio system initially These cellular phones may need to have the Bluetooth Wireless Technology streaming enabled for example i e MenuFilemanager Music OptionPlay via Bluetooth e Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone music streaming stop music playback on the cellular phone or change the audio mode to AM FM CD iPod ect Features of your vehicle m Key matrix GES Paired H P Connected E ee Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call mpty Normal mode BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call SHORT Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active s 2 s Z Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR SHORT MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel Reject Call End Call End Call End Call Speaker Speaker Bone Adaptation Adaptation 10sec Only English Only English Active Active Active Active KONE Change Change Change Change i i i 10sec language language language language Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 5 Starting the engine 5 7 ENGINE START STOP button 5 9 ISG idle stop and go system 5 15 Manual transaxle 5 19 Automatic transaxle 5 22 Brake system 5 29 Cruise control system 5 49 Speed limit control system 5 54 Active EC
52. To adjust the headrest to it s furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck HNF2041 1 Active headrest The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps prevent the driver s and front passengers heads from moving back ward and thus helps minimize neck injuries Type A The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat i el Safety features of your vehicle During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you press the button the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows i e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Type B with air ventilation The climate control seat is provided to cool or warm the front seats during hot or cold weather by blowing air through small vent hole on the surface of the seats and seatbacks While the engine is running push the rear portion of the swi
53. according is operating a message may appear to the instructions on the LCD display lf regardless of the parking order required manually control the steering The messages will appear according to wheel and complete parking your vehicle the circumstances Follow the instruc tions provided while parking your vehicle NOTICE with the Smart Parking Assist System The brake pedal must be depressed by the driver while parking your vehicle ee ne Features of your vehicle x NOTICE e In the below conditions the system will be cancelled Park your vehicle manually 1 Search for parking space When the ABS ESP is activated When the vehicle speed is over 40km h 24 8mph When you press the Smart Parking Assist System button the front and rear Parking Assist System operates When you shift the shift lever to R Reverse 2 Steering wheel control When the ABS ESP is activated When the vehicle speed is over 7km h 4 3 mph When you press the Smart Parking Assist System button the front and rear Parking Assist System operates When you shift the shift lever to D Drive before entering the parking space When you hold the steering wheel firmly Park Assist System Malfunction OTFS042220 System malfunction If there is a problem with the system when the system is turned on the above message will appear Also the indicator on the button will not light up and a beep sound will be heard 3
54. adjust correct clean or 2 Inspect drive shafts and boots replace Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect parking brake 0 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid UO Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Diesel Q Replace fuel filter cartridge Diesel Continued Maintenance Oe NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 210 000 km 140 000 miles or 168 months Continued O Inspect air cleaner filter 0 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear U Inspect battery condition Q Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid O Inspect brake lines hoses and connections UO Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Replace engine coolant BPI REHGET E First 210 000 km 120 000 miles or 120 months p P after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive belt Diesel Q Replace engine oil and filter Diesel 3 First 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 m
55. apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly depress the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way we recom mend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca BRAKE tion or repair shop D Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running there may be a mal function in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary Driving your vehicle Anti lock brake system ABS The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresp
56. ball joints Q Inspect parking brake O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear O Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses O Inspect brake clutch pedal 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hoses if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Continued Continued Q Replace brake clutch fluid Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 45 000 km 30 000 miles or 36months Q Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake clutch fluid U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect front suspension ball joints U Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hoses if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Continued Continued Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace spark plugs Nickel Q Replace engine oil and filter O Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust c
57. be checked under normal usage conditions We recommend that the automatic transaxle fluid be replaced by an author ized Kia dealer NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color J CAUTION The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunc tion and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 cl Maintenance SS Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit we recommend to refer to the Kia web site http brakemanual kia co kr Suspension mounting bolts Check the s
58. by itself after it has been raised about halfway el Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing e All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID y smr ugi TE j E g F i a Fa s j 4 n i I d Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler lid opener button x NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radi ator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OTF040027 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel filler lid opener button 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it light ly and make sure that
59. chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sen sors are limited Whenever backing up pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system ee Features of your vehicle Operating condition Types of warning sound e This system will activate when backing When an object is 120 cm 81 cm 47 up with the ignition switch ON in to 32 in from the rear bumper If the vehicle is moving at a speed over Cluster beeps intermittently 10 km h 6 mph the system may not When an object is 80 cm 41 cm 31 be activated correctly in to 16 in from the rear bumper e This system will activate when the indi Cluster beeps more frequently cator on the rear parking assist OFF When an object is within 40 cm 15 in button is not illuminated If you desire of the rear bumper to deactivate the rear parking assist system press the rear parking assist OFF button again The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the system on press the button again The indicator on the button will go off The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 120 cm When more than two objects are sensed at the same time t
60. closed Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic If you operate air conditioner exces sively the difference between the tem perature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up causing loss of visibility In t
61. con J ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your OTF050015 OTF050014 brakes Parking brake Hand type Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply A CAUTION Foot type the foot brake and then pull up the park To avoid costly brake repairs do To engage the parking brake first apply ing brake lever as far as possible not continue to drive with worn the foot brake and then depress the park brake pads ing brake pedal down as far as possible N addition it is recommended that when e Always replace the front or rear parking the vehicle on a incline the shift brake pads as pairs lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park posi tion on automatic transaxle vehicles Driving your vehicle A CAUTION e Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear e Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and make endanger driving safety OTF050017 Releasing the parking brake Foot type To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position Hand type OTF050016 To release the parking brake first
62. corners e Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected Continued Maintenance CAUTION e When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in the low temper ature area separate the battery and keep it indoors Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature area If you connect unauthorized elec tronic devices to the battery the battery may be discharged Never use unauthorized devices Example J ha aa nT ETEL d Se ae ai lle 1 i E ee a i beti Prr ira are LE T mee rar aA ak he hir Ps Ly rs Si oe lan et eee ie ele Ga CMF60L BCI 60Ah Z0HR 550CCA SAE Bia 92RC 440A EN OJD072039 The actual battery label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Battery capacity label see the example 1 CMF65L BCI The Kia model name of battery 2 12V The nominal voltage 3 G0Ah 20HR The nominal capacity in Ampere hours 4 92RC The nominal reserve capacity in min 5 550CCA The cold test current in amperes by SAE 6 440A The cold test current in amperes by EN Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery e If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours e If the battery gradually disc
63. describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle 175 50R15 75H 175 Tire width in millimeters 50 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 15 Rim diameter in inches 75 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 5 5JX15 5 5 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 15 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance E Tire speed ra
64. door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position a i l B180A01NF 1 Lap shoulder belt To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly Safety features of your vehicle x NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Sean B200A02NF id OBH038023N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used if equipped Safety features of your vehicle B210A01NF 1 To release the se
65. driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed smart key turns off the engine per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights will remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed when the engine is turned off However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position J CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate and the head light escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore It caus es the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehi cle Smart conering lamp if equipped While driving the corner for your sight and safety the smart cornering lamp is turned on automatically The system will operate automatically as follows e When turning the headlight on e When th
66. each song in the DISC To cancel the mode press the button once again PA760TFG_CD 6 CD Slot Please face printed side upward and gen tly push in When the ignition switch is on ACC or ON and power is off power is auto matically turned on if the CD is loaded This CDP supports only 12cm CD If VCD Data CD are loaded Reading Error mes sage will appear and CD will be ejected 7 CD Eject Button Push WSB button for less than 0 8 sec onds to eject the CD during CD playback This button is enabled when ignition switch is Off e ALL EJECT CD Changer PA760 Press this button for more than 0 8 sec onds to eject all discs inside the deck in respective order 8 0 VS Button Push button to load CDs to avail able CDC deck from 1 6 Push button for more than 2 seconds to load into all available decks The last CD will play 10 seconds idle status will disable loading process ke kt el Features of your vehicle 9 CD Indicator icon When car ignition switch is ACC or ON and if the CD is loaded this indicator icon is on If the CD is ejected the icon is off 10 E013 Button e Press the button to move to child folder of the current folder and displays the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press the button to move to parent folder of the current folder and displays the first song in the folder Press knob to move the
67. ee ae ae ee pe ee ee ee PEE PAINE NEE E EES A AEE E a Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E Gasoline Engine THETA 2 0L 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 48 2 Engine oil iler cap estes een ee Serre 7 45 3 Brake Clutch fluid reservoir 7 50 A PAI ClOANEN a a E asta ateee eee 12518 HeEUISCIOOX civic cee nie sirtaae eee 7 76 6 Positive battery terminal 7 62 7 Negative battery terminal 7 62 8 Engine oil dipstick nn 7 45 OF Radiator Cap e e E aenenen 7 49 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 53 11 Power steering fluid reservoir aon if equipped OTFO70001L OTFO70072L Your vehicle at a glance m Gasoline Engine NU 2 0L 1 Engine coolant reservolt 7 48 2 Engine oil nllercap aea e a a 7 45 3 Brake Clutch fluid reservoir 7 50 AT All CIOAIIG a n a E a co eaes T59 Da RUSE DOKE EAA a mcmmnetie nee 7 76 6 Positive battery terminal 7 62 7 Negative battery terminal 7 62 SF Engine oil dipstick aeree a 7 45 Liesel Smee 9 Radiator cap e e e eee 7 49 if 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 53 asi ea gel C it gece ae ies meme a a eter 7 52 if equipped OYF072208 OTFS070001 el Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 17 Child restraint system 3 30 Air bag supplemental restraint system 3 41 Safety features of your ve
68. front fog light bulb replacement Position light Smart cornering light Headlight Low Day time running light Position light Front fog light OTF070028 OTF070046 OTFO70056N Headlight Smart cornering light Position light if equipped Position light if equipped Maintenance Open the hood Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly Install a new headlight bulb Connect the headlight bulb socket connector Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise Maintenance 4 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise x NOTICE If the headlight aiming adjustment is nec essary after the headlight assembly is rein stalled we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer OTFHO70051N Turn signal light 1 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 2 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 3 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until i
69. h 106 mile h must conform the severe driving condition For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some impor tant matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediate ly regardless of maintenance schedule and we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer for details When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft 8 water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards EN228 or equivalents For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel additives regularly and have problems start ing or the engine does not run smoothly one bottle of addi tives added to the fuel tank at every 5 000km Except Europe is recommended Additves are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives el
70. hoses if equipped OQ Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Continued Continued Q Replace brake clutch fluid Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter U Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Inspect valve clearance For THETA 2 0L 2 4L Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace spark plugs Nickel Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 105 000 km 70 000 miles or 84months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake clutch fluid U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect front suspension ball joints U Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hoses if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body O Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Main
71. into neutral without depress ing the clutch pedal since the engine will be overrevved If this happens depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON OFF switch x NOTICE e During normal cruise control opera tion when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will ener gize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal e To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in nor mal condition i i el Driving your vehicle J J AP STFRo50021 AP STFRo50022 3 OTFR050020 To set cruise control speed 3 Push the SET switch and release itat To increase cruise control set 1 Push the cruise ON OFF button on the the desired speed The SET indicator speed steering wheel to turn the system on light in the instrument cluster will illumi The CRUISE indicator light in the nate Release the accelerator pedal The instrument cluster will illuminate desired speed will automatically be 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which MANAINEN l must be more than 40 km h 25 mph On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Rele
72. ke Safety features of your vehicle Both rear outboard seats are equipped with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well as a corresponding top tether anchorage on the back side of the back rest The ISOFIX anchorages are located between seat cushion and back rest marked with the ISOFIX icon For installation CRS ISOFIX connecters have to engage with the vehicles ISOFIX anchorages listen for a CLICK check potential visual indicators on the CRS and cross check by pulling CRS with universal approval to ECE R 44 need to be fixed additionally with a top tether strap connected to the correspon ding top tether anchorage point in the back rest The installing and the use of a child seat has to be done according to the installing manual which is added to the ISOFIX seat To secure the child restraint seat 1 To engage the child restraint seat to the ISOFIX anchor insert the child restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX anchor Listen for the audible click sound CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during the installation 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat Refer to the previ ous page Safety features of your vehicle ee gq e e e e e e e e e e e e e Safety features of your vehicle Child Seat Restraint Suitability For Seat Position using the Seat Belt For
73. lever in N Neutral may cause internal dam age to the transaxle OTFO60009 Removable towing hook front if equipped 1 Open the trunk and remove the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use gi Emergenc y towing OTF060011 If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service i A What to do in an emergency If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should com municate with each other frequently J CAUTION
74. may not start e When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the am indicator will blink or the warning Key is not in vehi cle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you kt cel Driving your vehicle CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If the traffic and road condi tions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine OTF050006 x NOTICE e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key and pull it out Continued C oun e When the brake switch fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for
75. mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone e In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required e In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops Ist gear is automatically selected e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehi cle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated Continued Continued e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is bet ter for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the Ist gear Paddle shifter if equipped OTFS052013 The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the D Drive position or the sports mode Driving your vehicle With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 10km h Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode When the vehicle spee
76. move the wipers manually Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when engine is not running It may cause battery discharge Interior lamp AUTO cut e When all entrances are closed if you lock the vehicle by using the transmit ter or the smart key all interior lamp will be off within 5 seconds e If you do not operate anything in the vehicle after turning off the engine the lights will turn off after 20 minutes Room lamp 1 Map lamp if equipped Push the switch to turn the light on or off This light produces a spot beam for con venient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger 2 OFF In the OFF position the light stays off at all times even when a door is open 2 DOOR The light comes on when any door or trunk is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or the key is removed from the ignition switch the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approxi mately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition sw
77. not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth Wireless Technology volume to a low level High level volume may result in dis tortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NM amp Ge J kt el Features of your vehicle m Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth Wireless Technology A2DP_ Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth Wireless Technology Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone play your music files on your cellular phone according to your cellular phone user s manual and press the button on the audio system until MP3 play is dis played on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system e Bluetooth Wireless Technology com patible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabilities e Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth Wireless
78. of a vehicle equipped with side and or curtain air bags be sure to install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and securely lock the child restraint system in position Inflation of side and or curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant or child Safety features of your vehicle W7 147 Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position U A f ua Passenger s front air bag ON indicator if equipped The passenger s front air bag ON indica tor illuminates for approximately 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The passenger s front air bag ON indica tor also comes on when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position and goes off after approxi mately 60 seconds i rE T 4 JE Passenger s front air bag OFF indicator if equipped Ke A The passenger
79. or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer seat belts properly fastened Importantly children should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to position the child restraint sys tem as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked position Continued Failure to follow the above instruc tions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts 039042 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 2 Front impact sensor 3 Side impact sensor if equipped Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed 4 WARNING e Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in
80. or the battery has been disconnected e Auto up down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 e Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 EP OMG055004 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the vehicle CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an author ized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility
81. over slowly does not start 1 If your vehicle has an automatic 1 Check fuel level transaxle be sure the shift leverisinN 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK Neutral or P Park and the emer OFF position check all connectors at gency brake is set the ignition coils and spark plugs 2 Check the battery connections to be Reconnect any that may be discon sure they are clean and tight nected or loose 3 Turn on the interior light If the light 3 If the engine still does not start we dims or goes out when you operate the recommend that you call an author starter the battery is discharged ized Kia dealer 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle CAUTION wh eg Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and
82. parallel mode OTFS042214 4 Search complete While driving forward to search for a parking space the above message will appear with a beep sound if the search is complete Stop the vehicle and shift to the R Reverse position CAUTION e Always drive slowly with the brake pedal applied e If the parking space is too small the system may be cancelled at the Steering wheel control stage Do not park your vehicle if the space is too small Steering in Auto Mode Watch for Obstacles OTFS042215 5 Steering wheel control e The above message will appear if the shift lever is in R Reverse The steer ing wheel will be controlled automati cally The system will be cancelled if you firmly hold the steering wheel while it is controlled automatically The system will be cancelled if vehicle speed is over 7km h 4 3mph CAUTION e Always drive slowly with the brake pedal applied e Always check for objects around your vehicle before driving e If the vehicle does not move even though the brake pedal is not depressed check the surround ing before depressing the accel erator pedal Be sure not to speed over 7km h 4 3mph x NOTICE e If you do not follow the instructions provided you may fail to park your vehicle However if the Parking Assist System warning sound distance from object is within 30cm continuous beep occurs Slowly drive the vehicle to the reverse direction of the detec
83. rue MEE He feleace lt Do not spill fuel on the exterior If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release you can surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces OPE t manually by pulling the handle outward slightly may damage the paint After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre A CAUTION vent fuel spillage in the event of Do not pull the handle excessively an accident otherwise the luggage area trim or release handle may be damaged kt el Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED p NOTICE NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof The sunroof cannot slide when it is in may not work properly due to freez the tilt position nor can it be tilted while ing conditions in an open or slide position After a vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating SE JOR J i f 1 A z it A CAUTION e f e Do not continue to move the sun ee EN OVG049031 roof control lever after the sun roof is fully opened closed or tilt ed Damage to the motor or sys tem components could occur e Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle If the sunroof is open rain or If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the ove
84. s front air bag OFF indi cator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator also comes on when the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position and goes off when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position Safety features of your vehicle The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light 8f on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS air bag warning light amp should go out A CAUTION If the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch malfunctions the passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator will not illuminate The pas senger s front air bag ON indicator comes on and goes off after approximately 60 seconds and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in a frontal impact even if the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF 3 A switch is set to the OFF position OTF030053L Q If this occurs we recommend that SRS components and functions the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer x cai consists of the following com 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side
85. safe operation of the vehi cle Features of your vehicle Care of discs If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventila tion before using your car audio lt is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure nothing other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD ata time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally depending upon manufactur ing companies or processes and recording methods In such circum stances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the mal function of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play c
86. safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of your vehicle CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached hardware if the trunk is not closed f OTF040016 Opening the trunk To open the trunk from inside the vehi cle pull the trunk lid release button e Press the trunk unlock button for more prior to driving than 1 second on the transmitter or Once the trunk is opened and then smart key closed the trunk locks automatically Press the button on the trunk handle with the smart key in your possession NOTICE Insert the mechanical key into the lock In cold and wet climates trunk lock and and turn it clockwise trunk mechanisms may not work prop Once the trunk is opened and then erly due to freezing conditions closed the trunk locks automatically Features of your vehicle Closing the trunk AS CAUTION To close lower the trunk lid then press e While driving the vehicle Don t down on it until it locks To be sure the use it Unexpected problems trunk lid is securely fastened always could
87. seat or if the front passenger s seat is unoccu pied by a person To ensure the safety of your child the passenger s front air bag must be deacti vated when it should be necessary to install a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat in exceptional cir cumstances To deactivate or reactivate the passen ger s front air bag To deactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position The pas senger s front air bag OFF indicator 3 will illuminate and stay on until the pas senger s front air bag is reactivated To reactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the ON position The pas senger s front air bag OFF indicator will go out and the passenger s front air bag ON indicator will illuminate for approximately 60 seconds A WARNING The front air bag ON OFF switch could turn by using a similar small rigid device Always check the sta tus of the front air bag ON OFF switch and passenger s front air bag ON OFF indicator x NOTICE e When the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position the passenger s front air bag is activated and child or infant seat should not be installed on the front passenger seat e When the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the
88. serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Continued due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillars where side collision sensors are installed We recommend that the system be serviced by an author ized Kia dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with improp er parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags 1JBA3513 Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle eeN 1JBA3514 il A F OTF03004 Side impact and curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to i
89. session Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely Xx NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door locks and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions e If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Features of your vehicle ee E Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble e To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward e If the inner door handle of the front door all doors if equipped is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button is unlocked and the door will open if equipped e Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open Driver s door f j a fC oT 040012 With central door lock switch Operate by depressing the central door lock switch e When pressing the front po
90. such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel f he OTF040038 If the surface of steering wheel is Sintsseee Heated steering wheel damaged by sharp object damage Horn if equipped IIE WAEREA alate MASE a To sound the horn press the horn sym ponents could occur When the ignition switch is in the ON bols on your steering wheel Check the position pressing the heated steering horn regularly to be sure it operates wheel button warms the steering wheel properly The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the NOTICE button once again The indicator on the button will turn off lt will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If you turn on the ignition again after turn To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed off your engine in half an hour after operating heater button the heating sys A CAUTION tem will be maintained in its on condi Do not strike the horn severely to tion operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object 4 40 Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror to center on the view through the rear window Make this adjustment befor
91. system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats E2MS103005 Installing a child restraint system by lap shoulder belt To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted Safety features of your vehicle E2BLD310 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency A MMSA3030 3 Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack After installa tion of the child restraint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed If you need to tighten the belt pull more webbing toward the retractor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passen ger emergency locking usage condition E2B
92. system Therefore if abnormal operation is found we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer x NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur i el Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield OTF040143 Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Select any fan speed except 0 posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the or W position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly press the corresponding button manu ally Features of your vehicle OTF040144 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to
93. system is not in use store it in the lug gage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All children even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat WARNING To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Continued e Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themse
94. telltales will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION If a original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sen sor on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still activates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly We recom mend that the system be serv iced by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 6 km 1 mile during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 6 km 1 mile in that 3 hour period A CAUTION We recommend that you use tire sealant approved by Kia if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressur
95. that reflects light such as mirrors white paper etc The sys tem may malfunction if the sun light is reflected Loud audio sounds may interfere with the passenger from hearing warning chimes Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKAS system is activated If you contin ue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the Hand on warning the system will turn off automatically If you drive very fast the vehicle may stray out of the lane Always be cautious when using the sys tem Driving your vehicle E ype An f e LKAS indicator EATA T green LKA E i white LDW yellow FAIL OTFS052083 LKAS activation e The LKAS screen will appear on the LCD display if the system is activated When both lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKAS are satisfied the steering wheel will be controlled green steering wheel indi cator will illuminate lt ah _ LKAS operation e To turn on the LKAS push the button with the ignition switch in the ON posi tion e The LKAS indicator green will illumi nate To turn off the system press the button again The indicator turns off oe Driving your vehicle e Both lanes must be detected for the system to fully activate e If only one of the lane is detected the system will warn warning beep and blinking yellow lane the driver when the driver crosses the detected lane m Lane
96. the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise 4 GEG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is SONGS ALBUMS ARTISTS GEN RES iPod _ TF_PA710TFE_iPod 5 Wiig Button Press the R SA button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the yaa button for less TRACK than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direc tion in fast speed i kt Features of your vehicle 2 3 4 5 oe A TA AST TF_PA710TFE_iPod GE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Aloum Random e To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again oO 7 G4 Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played Features of your veh
97. the audio system and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle AUN o DE 2 SETUP 3 4 3 F i 4 a Ta ast poiner i TF_PA710TFE_iPod Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 EIE Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DISPLAY TITLE Displays no informa tion if the file has no song information 3 Knob amp GEMA Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate
98. the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the YY position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically OTF040145N Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button W 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air posi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly adjust the corresponding button man ually If the 7 position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed OTF040146N To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle Defogging logic if equipped To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are controlled auto matically according to certain conditions sucha
99. the sound quality control knob e Media Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected EN 2 This function displays the previous MODE screen Return E Features of your vehicle j EEE PA760TFG RADIO 9 ZU le Knob amp EG Button Turn this control while listening to a radio channel to manually adjust frequency Turn clockwise to increase frequency and counterclockwise to reduce frequency Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speaker soun
100. the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Reinstall the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw Maintenance 5 OTF030020 OTF070036 High mounted stop light replacement if equipped If the light LED does not operate we rec ommend that you checked an authorized Kia dealer i Maa OTF030021 1 Push the seat up 3 Fold the seatback by pulling out the 2 Remove the nuts under the seat con lock release knob 1 Fold the seat necting each side of the seat And take back forward and down firmly each side seat out ell Maintenance 4 Take the C pillar out carefully If you pull the C pillar strongly it will be bro ken 5 Disconnect the cable attached on the panel OTF0O70062N 6 Remove the screws and package tray 7 Remove the fabric and nuts 8 Change the HMSL to a new one 9 Reinstall all package tray cable and side seat Lift and push the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place 10 Reinstall the seat by pushing it down firmly OTF040111 Door courtesy lamp bulb replace ment If the light does not operate we recom mend that you checked an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens 5 Reinstall the lens securely OTF070037 License plate light bulb replace ment 1 Remove the lens
101. the trunk is open Unlocking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and trunk closed and locked unlocks all the doors and trunk The hazard warning lights blink twice to indicate that all doors and trunk are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the front outside door handle other people can also open the door without possession of the smart key Features of your vehicle After pressing the button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Trunk unlocking If you are within 0 7 m 1 m 28 40 in from the outside trunk handle with your smart key in possession the trunk will unlock and open when you press the trunk handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the trunk is unlocked Also once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Smart key precautions x NOTICE e If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
102. times If there is a problem with only the Smart Parking Assist System the Parking Assist System will operate after 2 seconds If you notice any problem we recom mend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED aa _ OTF040102 Pi _OTF040103L The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the navigation display while backing up Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time OTF040104 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the
103. tire inflation pressure TPMS Tire Pressure l Monitoring System z malfunction indicator The low tire pressure telltale will illu minate after it blinks for approximate ly one minute when there is a prob lem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to cor rectly detect an underinflation warn ing at the same time as system fail ure then it will illuminate both the TPMS malfunction and low tire pres sure position telltales e g if Front Left sensor fails the TPMS malfunction indicator illuminates but if the Front Right Rear Left or Rear Right tire is under inflated the low tire pressure position telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if snow chains are used or some sep arate electronic devices such as notebook computer mobile charger remote starter or nav igation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire
104. tives added to the fuel tank at every 15 000km is recom mended Additves are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additves Maintenance n ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 15 000 km 10 000 miles or 12months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Add fuel additives Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Every 15 000 km or 12months Q Inspect battery condition Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections replace Q Inspect brake clutch fluid U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect front suspension ball joints U Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses O Inspect power steering fluid and hoses if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace engine oil and filter Continued Maintenance eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Inspect front suspension
105. to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has cooled suffi ciently You must decide the driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating Parking on hills Generally if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle you should not park your vehicle on a hill People can be seriously or fatally injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if unex pectedly roll down hill However if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill here s how to do it 1 Pull the vehicle into the parking space Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb right if headed down hill left if headed up hill If the vehicle has a manual transaxle place the car in neutral If the vehicle has an automatic transaxle place the car in P Park Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift to neutral release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the park ing brake and shift the vehicle to R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set Driving your vehicle W
106. when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESP indi cator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline Driving rearward e ESP OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster Driving your vehicle VSM operation off If you press the ESP OFF button to turn off the ESP the VSM will also cancel and the ESP OFF indicator light amp illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESP OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESP OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESP indicator light or EPS warning light remains on we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer x NOTICE e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 15 km h 9 mph on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces ESS Emergency S
107. will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch i Power window lock OTF040023 utton f equipped The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock but ton located on the driver s door to the LOCK position pressed When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the rear passenger power windows For Europe When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the front and rear passen ger door power windows Except Europe CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle HOOD OUB041021 OTF040025 Opening the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood slightly push the secondary latch hood The hood should pop open 1 inside of the hood center and lift slightly the hood 2 3 Raise the hood It will raise completely
108. 3 Lane keeping assist system LKAS DUNO e a E ete 5 57 14 Parking assist system button 4 76 15 Steering wheel cceseesseeesee 4 38 16 Steering wheel tilt control 4 39 NEUSE DOX eer eicet ere cee east ee rae 7 76 18 Hood release leVEr ccccceeeeeeeees 4 27 19 Fuel filler lid release button 4 29 20 Trunk lid release button 06 4 19 2o 212 Regen rea Perron ear eer Con era tan ee 3 2 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 Instrument cluster 4 45 4 46 2 Light control Turn signals 4 94 Se NVIDSHNVASNCI tes A een 4 100 A TAO a I R cues toe coe ve een a ree sent ese E 4 40 5 Steering wheel audio control 4 140 6 Auto cruise control ri 5 49 1 Drivers front air bag marene 3 48 8 Ignition switch or ENGINE START STOP button 5 5 5 9 SATO a E A E aca 4 140 10 Digtakclock Taa 4 138 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 92 6 2 12 Climate control system 4 109 4 118 13 AUX USB and iPod port 4 141 14 Power owlet cecene 4 137 15 Smm IeVer a eemene eee te aes teat 5199722 16 Seat warmer errean e E n 3 9 17 Accelerator pedal 5 9 12 18 Brake pedal e aune a 5712 19 Parking brake pedal 422s 5 30 20 Passenger s front air bag 3 48 2 EGOV DO an a On aa cn 4 133 if equipped OTF010002 Bee oe ee eee EE E ene
109. 5 Power window lock button eens 4 25 Lumbar SUpport a one nn nn re sr 3 7 Posisi ae a E ee ee 6 6 rr Iz oo Index Seatback pocket c0 ccccnsveninnionnnweeeddcastunidaudaadedhddanadansedes 3 11 PAC AOU G 5 essincesaccoszossinoneanisieienstadant dost auawecaticemanlceedsae 3 7 3 11 TRS AU o a sss wsers cae A E scene eae eee AT 3 11 Seat WATNE sicosscencsicoaedensiaessecstecaveacevoeiannseseeente 3 10 3 16 E i SL ASE IEA A A EAN T T 3 13 Shift lock syste ee een E 5 26 Side impact air bag sc csccccieciecasecencaasandavacedaensactetsssssadecteus 3 53 RE epee eee E E EE A 4 10 Smart parking assist SYSteM ccccccseessesssssseeeeeeeees 4 80 Smooth COC IND oc ccc nacanceruenscnnenesorensasesnanseceensseaccnseees 5 67 OO N E exatacuna E A E 5 70 Special driving conditions 0 0s00seeeeeeeeccceceees 5 66 Driving at night seirinin anii 5 67 Driving in flooded arcas sc53cosatsvecndadeiantedsedeccedetetdoneesets 5 69 Driving in the LIM ceceaseceatedsoseecosaassececohedeecandecettaseaast 5 68 Hazardous driving CONItIONS ccccccccecceeceeeeeeeees 5 66 Highway CII V IE sac sicdasncatecatesiiesanemesticceauedeadestaeoiteaiedest 5 69 R cking the vehicle a ccanicorscteorsconinsaseactacere yoasseanieucseancennose 5 66 PS VO OU CONG TINS psa scsessaeene nc natdechescectetextedaxtetdereceseeees 5 67 Speedometer iE 4 47 SPOTS MOE sarod niania keinoa Ei ainei 5 24 Starting difficulties see engine will not start
110. 60 e In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle 1JBA3518 1JBA3522 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle e Air bags do not inflate in most rollover 1JBA3517 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions accidents even though the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light f does not illuminate when you turn the ignition ON or if it con tinuously remains on we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer A WARNING e Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any k
111. 8 Maintenance With a full size spare tire if equipped S2BLA790 Without a spare tire SS S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped E3 gt 63 lt s E3 gt 63 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated x NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced A CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Maintenance WARNING Replacing eee a tires e The use of any other tire size e Driving on worn out tires is or type may seriously affect ride handling ground clear is a ee E se is hh OEN076053 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this
112. 999 9 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 E Type A E Type B Distance to Empty 223 km OTF040062L Distance to empty km or mi if equipped This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed The meter s working range is from 50 to 999 km 30 to 999 miles E Type A E Type B AVG Fuel Economy 17 L 100km EmN 17 L 100km OTF040064L Average fuel consumption if equipped L 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles e User setting Auto reset Manual reset Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel con sumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero e User setting Auto reset If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueled more than 6 l the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B INST Fuel Economy Ly 100km OTF040065L Instant fuel cons
113. A ta ar o EE ITF_PA710TFE_CDP 7 ES Button SCAN Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 8 ELE Button Displays the information of the current song e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavailable on the CD or file 9 ESS Knob amp EUA Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode TF_PA760TFE_CDC 10 CD Eject Button Push SB button for less than 0 8 sec onds to eject the CD during CD playback This button is enabled when ignition switch is off e ALL EJECT CD Changer PA760 Press this button for more than 0 8 sec onds to eject all discs inside the deck in respective order 11 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD e If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will
114. ASS rotate the knob counterclockwise e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to empha size rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the con trol knob is turned counterclockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated e BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left soeaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated 10 Button Press this button to enter SETUP mode If no action is taken for 8 seconds it will return to previous mode In SETUP mode rotate the knob to move the cursor between items and push the knob to select e SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously On or just once Off e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to turn the SDVC feature On or Off If it is turned ON volume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed e MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected
115. C 13F lec no 35C 31F OTF070006 DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol 45 C 49F Check the condition and connections of coolant or mix them with the specified all cooling system hoses and heater coolant hoses Replace any swollen or deterio Do not use a solution that contains rated hoses more than 60 antifreeze or less than The coolant level should be filled 35 antifreeze which would reduce between F Full and L Low marks on the effectiveness of the solution the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough dis tilled deionized or soft water to provide protection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F Full but do not over fill If frequent additions are required we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance J Changing the coolant We recommend that the coolant be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the generator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH FLUID IF EQUIPPED Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capaci ties in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid A OTF070008 A CAUTION Checking the brake fluid level Do not allow brake fluid to contact Check the fluid level in the re
116. CE On a steep incline or when pulling a trailer if the vehicle does not stand still do as follows 1 Apply the EPB 2 Pull up the EPB switch for more than 3 seconds J CAUTION Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and endanger driving safety Releasing the parking brake To release the EPB electric parking brake press the EPB switch in the fol lowing condition e Have the ignition switch or engine start stop button in the ON position e Depress the brake pedal Make sure the brake warning light goes off Driving your vehicle To release EPB electric parking brake automatically e Shift lever in P Park With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of P Park to R Rear or D Drive Shift lever in N Neutral With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of N Neutral to R Rear or D Drive e Manual transaxle vehicle 1 Start the engine 2 Fasten the driver s seat belt 3 Close the driver s door engine hood and trunk 4 Depress the clutch pedal with the gear engaged 5 Depress the accelerator pedal while releasing the clutch pedal Automatic transaxle vehicle 1 Start the engine 2 Fasten the driver s seat belt 3 Close the driver s door engine hood and trunk 4 Depress the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in R Rear D
117. CK position However if the front doors open the power windows can not be operated within the 30 second peri od after ignition key removal if equipped x NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OTF040020 Window opening and closing The driver s door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 i el Features of your vehicle OTF040021 Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Depressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up the switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement OTF040022 Auto up down window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the po
118. Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Continued all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Sitting improperly or out of posi tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed Continued deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries Safety features of your vehicle amp OTF030054L Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped The passengers front air bag can be deactivated by the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if a child restraint is installed on the front passenger s
119. Clothes hanger if equipped To use the hanger pull down the upper portion of hanger CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM x NOTICE If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction OTF040165 Antenna Glass antenna Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to receive both AM and FM signals Shark fin antenna if equipped The shark fin antenna will receive the transmit data OTFR040166 A CAUTION Steering wheel audio controls e Do not clean the inside of the rear if equipped AE agi of eee A The steering wheel may incorporate remove any foreign deposits as audio control buttons this may cause damage to the antenna elements A CAUTION Avoid adding metallic coating such Do not operate audio remote con as Ni Cd and so on These can interfere with AM FM reception trol buttons simultaneously Features of your vehicle VOLUME 1 e Press the lever upward to increase the volume e Press the lever downward to decrease the volume SEEK PRESET N N 2 The SEEK PRESET lever has different functions based on the system mode For the following functions the lever should be pressed for 0 8 seconds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET but
120. Door locks 4 15 Trunk 4 19 Windows 4 22 Hood 4 27 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 29 Sunroof 4 32 Driver position memory system 4 36 Steering wheel 4 38 Mirrors 4 41 Instrument cluster 4 45 Parking assist system 4 77 Smart parking assist system 4 80 Rearview camera 4 91 Hazard warning flasher 4 92 Lighting 4 93 Wipers and washers 4 100 Interior light 4 104 Welcome system 4 107 Defroster 4 108 Manual climate control system 4 109 Automatic climate control system 4 118 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 128 Storage compartments 4 132 Interior features 4 135 Audio system 4 140 Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS Record your key number The key code number is ee stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys we recom mend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle E Type A OFD047002 A Key operations Type A Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors E Type B OAM049096L Type B To unfold the key press the release but ton then the key will unfold automatically To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button A CAUTION Do not fold the key without press ing the release butto
121. Drive or Sports mode Make sure the brake warning light goes off x NOTICE e For your safety you can engage the EPB even though the ignition switch or engine stop start button is in the OFF position but you cannot release it For your safety depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle NOTICE Manual transaxle A vehicle towing a trailer on a hill or on an incline may slightly roll backwards when starting the vehicle To prevent the situation follow the below instructions 1 Depress the clutch pedal and select a gear 2 Keep pulling up the EPB switch 3 Depress the accelerator pedal and Slowly release the clutch pedal 4 If the vehicle starts off with enough driving power release the EPB switch Do not follow the above procedure when driving on a flat level ground The vehi cle may suddenly move forward CAUTION e If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released we recom mend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied It may cause exces sive brake pad and brake rotor wear Driving your vehicle EPB electric parking brake may be automatically applied when e The EPB is overheated e Requested by other systems x NOTICE If the driver turns the engine off by mis take while Auto Hold is operating
122. ECO Driving Cia OTF041069N ECO ON OFF mode if equipped You can turn the ECO indicator on off on the instrument cluster in this mode If you push the RESET button more than 1 second in the ECO ON mode ECO OFF is displayed in the screen and the ECO indicator turns off while driving If you want to display the Gear Shift indi cator again press the RESET button more than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode and then ECO ON mode is dis played in the screen When you press the TRIP button less than 1 second in the ECO mode the mode is changed to Distance to service x NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel consumption if equipped and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condi tion of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available ed Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B Venicle Option f gt back i Auto Door Lock Auto DoorLock _ Auto Door Unlock Seat Easy Access Aulo Doar Unbock Sen Bosy Acmess Head Lomp Escort M TRP Move RESET Select OTFS042077 User
123. EPB will be automatically applied Vehicle s equipped with Auto Hold E Type A E Type B Release parking brake Release l parking broke OTFS052076 If you try to drive off depressing the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied but doesn t release automatically a warning will sound and a message will appear If the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the engine hood or trunk is opened a warning will sound and a message will appear If there is a problem with the vehicle a warning may sound and a message may appear If the above situation occurs depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch Driving your vehicle CAUTION A click sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is func tioning properly When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet make sure to inform him her how to operate the EPB The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied When you automatically release EPB by depressing the accelera tor pedal depress it slowly E Type A E Type B N AUTO HOLD o be deactivated Press brake pedal AUTO HOLD to be deoctivated Prass broke padal z OTFS052078 When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear A CAUTION Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears f
124. If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will be melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse discon nect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer Four kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings J CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system x NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items CAUTION When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric sys tems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and termi nals may be fastened incomplete ly and it may cause a possible fire If fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown we recommend that you consult with an authorized Kia dealer Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driv er or wi
125. LD347 Installing a child restraint system by lap belt on the center rear seat if equipped Except Europe To install a child restraint system on the center rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system on the center rear seat 2 Extend the latch plate tongue of the lap belt 3 Route the lap belt through the restraint according to the seat manufacturer s instructions 4 Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lap belt for a snug hold on the child restraint by pulling on the loose end of the belt After installation of the child restraint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed Safety features of your vehicle if equipped Child restraint hook holders are located Securing a child restraint seat with Tether Anchor system if equipped on the shelf behind the rear seats d OTF030030N Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrest route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat WARNING Tether strap e A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is n
126. O system 5 56 Driving your vehicle Lane keeping assist system 5 57 Economical operation 5 64 Special driving conditions 5 66 Winter driving 5 70 Trailer towing 5 74 Vehicle weight 5 82 Driving your vehicle 44 WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car we recom mend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer e Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds
127. OFF posi tion the passenger s front air bag is deactivated kk ll Safety features of your vehicle Continued e If the SRS air bag warning light J CAUTION e If the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is not working properly the air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate And the passenger s front air bag OFF indicator 3 will not illumi nate The passenger s front air bag ON indicator comes on and goes off after approximately 60 seconds the SRS Control Module reactivate the passen ger s front air bag and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position If this occurs we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Continued blinks or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illumi nates while the vehicle is being driven we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations OTF030035 TN 2 OTF030036 Side impact air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in ea
128. Open OTF040096N It displays the corresponding door or trunk that is not closed securely Low tire pressure E Type A N Low Tire Pressure E Type B Low Tire Pressure OTFO60013N When one or more of your tires is signifi cantly underinflated the warning light comes on Features of your vehicle Rear parking assist warning if equipped E Type A E lype B OTF040099N lt displays the area an obstacle is detect ed while moving rearward For details refer to Rear parking assist system in section 4 Align steering wheel if equipped va B Align steering wheel OTF040092N If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the right and make it turned to the left less than 30 degrees Align steering wheel if equipped en Align steering wheel OTF040093N If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the right after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the left and make it turned to the right less than 30 degrees Features of your vehicle Illumination Ice warning Engine oil level warning light if equipped m Type A m Type B m Type A m Type A m Type B illumination Outside Outsid
129. P A i i E a Al vane Ra aS See S it rR a 1 Ee E B PEIE Ar BRALNE TOWNS WTG Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few rea sons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper Kia trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized Kia dealer OYF051103L Driving your vehicle Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the man ufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer And never allow safety chains drag on the ground Trailer brakes
130. Parking Assist Sensor Module Instrument Cluster Electro Chromic Mirror A C Control Module Driver IMS Module Rear Parking Assist Buzzer Lane Keeping Assist Module Maintenance Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component VACUUM ec SRS Control Module Telltale Lamp Europe ABRG Seat Belt Reminder Indicator Australia LH Driver Safety Power Window Module LHD Passenger Safety Power Window Module RHD TO Rear Safety Power Window Module LH Power Window LH Relay BRAKE Smart Key Control Module Start Stop Button Switch BRANE Shs EEEa FOB Holder Stop Lamp Switch SPARE ERN Pad Switch EPS Control Module With MDPS MDPS Steering Angle Sensor W O MDPS ATM Lever Indicator EPB Switch EPB Control Module PDM3 Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key Driver Safety Power Window Module RHD Passenger Safety Power Window Module LHD EISEN ely Rear Safety Power Window Module RH Power Window RH Relay P SEAT o w ne IMS Module Driver Seat Manual Switch DRV o w fone Lumbar Support Switch 2WAY DR LOCK Door Lock Unlock Relay Dead Lock Relay RHD Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay Maintenance Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component SUNROOF Taa Panorama Sunroof ict a E R Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse F10 F11 F12 F13 AUDIO POWER Audio ISG Low DC DC Converter Audio CONNECTOR Driver Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle With Smart Key Driver Passenger Door Lamp A C Control Modul
131. QUIPPED SECURITY SYSTEM OJC040170 Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm sys tem will have a label attached to the vehi cle with the following words 1 WARNING 2 SECURITY SYSTEM Armed L N Theft alarm stage Disarmed stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the car This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Using the smart key Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine 2 Make sure that all doors and trunk and the engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handle with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights operate once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the doors won t lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds Close the door and try again to lock the doors If trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t oper ate and theft alarm will not arm After this if the trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once Features of your vehicle e Lock the doors by pressing the lock button o
132. SET switch on your steering wheel to your desired speed Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OTF050024 Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habits and road condi tions e When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is Operating e When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO but ton again If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode Limitation of Active ECO operation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator e When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal e When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The system will be limited according to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your vehicle Ee KETENG ASSIST SNEM LKAS IF EQUIPPED SS Fi e T OTFS052081 The Lane Keeping Assi
133. TA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 75 000 km 50 000 miles or 60months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake clutch fluid U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect front suspension ball joints U Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hoses if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses Q Replace engine oil and filter Continued Continued Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 72months Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect parking brake 0 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses O Inspect brake clutch pedal 0 Inspect power steering fluid and
134. TFS052090 A message will appear on the LCD dis play if the condition to activate the LKAS is not satisfied Also an audible warning will be heard The warning will disappear when the conditions are met The system will be cancelled when Vehicle speed is below 60 km h 37 3 mph and over 150 km h 93 2 mph Only one lane is detected Always turn on the turn signal to change lanes If you change lanes without the turn signal on the steering wheel might be controlled The hazard warning light is on The width of the lane is below 2 7 m and over 4 5 m ESP Electronic Stability Program and VSM Vehicle stability management are activated When the system is on or after chang ing a lane drive in the middle of the lane If not the system will not provide the steering assist function The steering will not be assisted when you drive fast on a sharp curve The steering will not be assisted when you Change lanes fast The steering will not be assisted when you brake suddenly DRIVER S ATTENTION The driver must be cautious in the b elow situations for the system may not assist the driver and may not work p roperly The lane is not visible due to snow rain stain a puddle or many other things The brightness of the outside changes suddenly such as passing through a tunnel Not turning on the headlight or the light is weak even at night or in a tun nel Difficult to distinguish the color of the lane
135. TO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds and the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate If your vehicle is equipped with a supervi sion cluster the notice will illuminate on the LCD display x NOTICE e If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF button again or if the ISG system con tinuously does not work correctly we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer When the ISG OFF button light comes on it may stop illuminating after driv ing your vehicle at approximately 80 km h for a maximum of two hours and setting the fan speed control knob below the 2nd position If the ISG OFF button light continues to be illu minated in spite of the procedure we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED E Type A _ oa The shift lever can be moved without pulling the ring 1 The ring 1 must be pulled while mov ing the shift lever E Type B The shift lever can be moved without pressing the button 1 mi gt The button 1 should be pressed when moving the shift lever into reverse OTF050009N OTF053009N Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom
136. USH PUSH i OFF OFF OTF050015 Checking the parking brake Type A Check whether the stroke is within spec ification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg 44 Ib 196N of force Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than speci fied we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 4 5 notch Type B Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than speci fied we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 Ibs 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER 5 OVG079012 Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner It must be replaced when necessary and clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter should not be washed 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching You can clean the filter when inspecting clips the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule N CAUTION If the vehicle is operated in extremely e Do not drive with the air cleaner dusty or san
137. WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s specifications and the certifica tion label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rat ing This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all option
138. aced on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle if equipped Air bag warning label if equipped Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risk of air bag system Note that these government warnings focus on the risk of children We also want you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to Those have been described in previous pages Keys 4 3 Remote keyless entry 4 7 Smart key 4 10 Theft alarm system 4 12
139. ain A pole close to the parking line Bumpy roads A vehicle equipped with a snow chain or spare tire Tire pressure lower or higher than the standard tire pressure A trailer connected to the vehicle Slippery or uneven road Big vehicles such as buses or trucks parked Sensor covered with foreign matter such as snow or water e Moisture frozen on the sensor e A motorcycle or bicycle parked e A trash can or obstacle near Heavy wind Wheel changed to an unauthorized size A problem with the wheel alignment Next to a garden or bush Features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not use the Smart Parking Assist System in the following con ditions for unexpected results may occur and cause a serious accident 1 Parking on inclines The driver must apply the accelera tor and brake pedal when parking on inclines If the driver is unfamil iar with applying the accelerator and brake pedal a car accident may occur Continued Continued 2 Parking in snow Snow may interfere with sensor operation or the system may cancel if the road is slippery while parking Also if the driver is unfamiliar with applying the accelerator and brake pedal a car accident may occur Continued Continued 3 Parking in narrow space The system may not search for parking spaces if the space is too narrow Even if it operates always be careful Continued Features of your vehicle Continued 4 Parking diagona
140. ain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with air bags improperly belt ed and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precau tions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Move your seat as far back as Continued e No objects should be placed over Continued e Air bags can only be used once practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned drivers and passen gers can be severely injured by inflating air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the pas senger s front air bag OFF indica tor is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued or near the air bag modules on the steeri
141. aintenance es a a Maintenance Maintenance item operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors Pat le CIDE GIH Parkina brake See Driveshaft and boots TEN D E F Climate control air filter if equipped R Kaple more reuen C E depending on the condition SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km 5 miles in normal temperature or less than 16 km 10 miles in freezing temperature B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis tances C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather Driving in sandy areas Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F Driving on uphill downhill or mountain roads Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle towing Driving in very cold weather Driving over 170 km h 106 mile h Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Bea ae TNM Maintenance RR NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs fi
142. alfunction indicator light blinks it may stop blinking after driving the vehicle at more than 60km h 37 mph or at more than second gear with 1500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light continues to blink in spite of the procedure we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized Kia dealer If you continue to drive with the malfunction indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen Fuel filter warning light Diesel engine oon e T This warning light illuminates for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is set to the ON position and then it will go out If it lights up while the engine is running it indicates that water has accumulated inside the fuel filter If this happens remove the water from the fuel filter For more details refer to Fuel filter in section 7 CAUTION When the fuel filter warning light illuminates engine power vehicle speed amp idle speed may decrease If you keep driving with the warning light on you can damage your vehi cle s engine parts and injection sys tem of the Common Rail If this occurs we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Glow indicator Diesel engine 00 The indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is placed at the ON posi tion The engine can be started after the preheat indicator lig
143. alid the engine will start If the key is invalid the engine will not Start To deactivate the immobilizer system Change the engine start stop button to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Change the engine start stop button to the OFF position The immobilizer sys tem activates automatically Without a valid smart key for your vehicle the engine will not start x NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction A CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal acces sories may interrupt the transpon der signal and may prevent the engine from being started el Features of your vehicle x NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and we recom mend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Malfunctio
144. alls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the car slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con trol When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divid ed highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the shift lever in P Park 3 Have all passengers get out of the car Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer el What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn t turn over or If engine turns over normally but turns
145. and Kia s Family like Care experience FOREWORD Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle This manual will familiarize you with operational maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle It is supplemented by a Warranty and Maintenance book that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle Kia urges you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equip ment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obliga tion If you have questions always check with your authorized Kia dealer Kia assures you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2012 Kia MOTORS Corp All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written author ization from Kia MOTORS Corporation Printed in Korea a E EN a
146. and boots Climate control air filter if equipped R SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A B C D m m Repeated short distance driving Extensive idling Driving in dusty rough roads Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather Driving in sandy areas More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F MAINTENANCE INTERVALS SOUEITION Inspect more frequently depending CDEGH on the condition fae Bre Inspect more frequently depending CDGH on the condition naan Inspect more frequently depending CDEFGHIK on the condition BoA S Replace more frequently depending CEG on the condition Driving in mountainous areas Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle towing Driving in very cold weather Driving over 170 km h 106 mile h Frequently driving in stop and go conditions C AS Lo Maintenance EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as nece
147. anentionccptshersncesaouasuoommeuanesmecentecdeds 5 29 Appearance CANG misapina erinra i aa 7 105 Brakes clutch HIG i csveiiancsacaesasinncdamentnemedueneranduanemesenutes 7 50 Exterior CONC sscacansioasnearrqeivateaiohianegarnshiedsanetatacbinasstnnrs 7 105 B lb replacement sasipe e 7 95 NACI CC eara EEES 7 110 Dalb wanane osne o S 8 2 AN T E E E E E 3 13 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 9 PS IC E E E E 4 135 Automatic climate control system cccccsseeeeeeees 4 118 C Air conditioning eeeeesssesesssssssossseseeeeereneeeesessssse 4 124 Capacities Lubricants g 4 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 119 Care Manual heating and air conditioning 4 120 Faterior CANG ceneno ii a 7 105 Automatic transaxle ssssssssssssesssrsrrssersstsretssetssesen 3 22 Tiienor enasna e ee 7 110 Ignition key interlock system ssseeeseeees ies 3 27 Tife Care a ossetadsteinntesaniaecasuntdstnanadeatsniandeiedhickauadevedtoonennessn 7 65 Paddle E a EAT E I NA O NOE E 5 25 Cargo Weight cccscssccccccsssssssesscsssssssssssssssssssessssssssssveseeee 5 89 Shift lock system si pssnansceceeeteacecsmschouneunaensannaeeysaiie sansa 5 26 Center console Storage u i 4 132 SPor TONE aen r Ce em en ene ane eee 5 24 Oo OE Central door lock SW1itch ow ccccccececeeeeeseeseeeeeens 4 16 Chains Bh Een 11 eee ee ee ence OR ne een rere 5 71 Changing tires cxeassanssonecacedsc
148. arts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your car in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule i
149. ase the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph or 1 6 km h 1 0 mph each time the RES switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator If you press the SET switch at increased speed the cruising speed will be set again i OTFRO50021 To decrease the cruising speed To cancel cruise control do one Follow either of these procedures of the following e Push the SET switch and hold it Your e Press the brake pedal vehicle will gradually slow down e Press the clutch pedal with a manual Release the switch at the speed you transaxle want to maintain e Shift into N Neutral with an automatic e Push the SET switch and release it transaxle immediately The cruising speed will e Press the CANCEL switch located on decrease by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph or 1 6 the steering wheel km h 1 0 mph each time the SET switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle e Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 15 km h 9 mph e Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mp
150. at NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle a te i Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide prop er protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position Care of seat belts
151. at belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 on the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OVI039066 Lap belt if equipped To fasten your seat belt To fasten a 2 point static type belt insert the metal tab 1 into the locking buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle Check to make sure the belt is properly locked and that the belt is not twisted With a 2 point static type seat belt the length must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly around your body Fasten the belt and pull on the loose end to tighten The belt should be placed as low as pos sible on your hips not on your waist If the belt is too high it could increase the possibility of your being injured in an accident Safety features of your vehicle P d l ATTE A OAM039023 When using the rear center seat belt the To release the seat belt buckle with the CENTER mark must be When you want to release the seat belt used press the button 1 in the locking buckle B210A02NF 1 Safety features of your vehicle OED030300 Pre tensioner seat belt if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit
152. ating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Na Cooling ae 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning if equipped system on OTF040122 OTF040121 Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Five sym bols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position 2 Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B C D E F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Features of your vehicle Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the winds
153. ave difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth Wireless Technology volume to a low level High level volume may result in dis tortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NM amp UW J m Using the head unit as Bluetooth Wireless Technology music This audio system supports A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Both profiles are available for listening to the MP3 music via Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone supporting above Bluetooth Wireless Technology profiles To play MP3 music from the Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone press the AUX button until MP3 Play is displayed on the LCD Then try playing music by phone When playing music from the Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone the head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e Not only MP3 files all the sounds that the phone supports can be heard by the audio system e The Bluetooth cellular phones shall feature A2DP and AVRCP functions e Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth cellular phones may not play music through the hea
154. avenearsosesines 4 114 Climate control air filter scsvccccecenzishcevacavtextocedeenseniaxexs 4 116 Heating and air conditioning ceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 4 110 Manual TAT AN NG oe see aercaeacessincthcevaane cece cemseiedececinsceeaveeninzes 5 19 Memory Lb le ene ne ee 7 76 INS n E estou Ei 4 41 Day night rearview MiTTOfT ooooonnnnnnennoeneeeeeeseseseseese 4 41 Electric chromic mirror ECM sssssssssseeesesersrerrreeese 4 1 Inside rearview MIITOF esesseeeeseeeeeeresseereeresesrererreeeee 4 41 Qu tside rearview MITTOr cies ctr Gace ntecnrceonscaeracatpaxaancesd 4 42 Index Moonroof see panorama SUNTOOS ccceeeeeeeeeeees 4 32 R IV PUIG aE E E I A TA 7 78 Je e T A E A A ETEA E A nena 3 11 N Rearview COMICID side ciciccsccssvesdanoussuneeoumieonodcoaseeoeaudoasaeanas 4 9 Neck restraints see headrest cccccsssssseeeeeeees 3 7 3 11 ana a anes ie ss Recommended lubricants and capacities 0088 8 4 O Recommended SAE viscosity number cccccceee 8 6 Remote keyless Ciy seuren i 4 7 E a E E EE E 4 50 Road Warning cccccsccscccsscsesessesesssesesessesecevscsesevscsesevsveees 62 ON CEM HIS cotta scdeponiasntoacemententieanarioedautectienddtncctantatarboede 7 45 Rocking the vehicle w c c cccccccsssssscscsssesessesesesvevseeeeeeveee 5 66 Outside rearview INT OF sie cccorcacecccsavexcennaossactuciecetasanicom 4 42 VS NS AS EEA E I A E veces
155. ay Box RLY 1 RLY 2 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch EMS Box Fuse F36 F37 F38 F39 PCM G4KD G4KE A C Control Module aus A Battery Sensor FUSE PCM A T RLY 10 HAC Relay Stop Lamp Relay RLY 7 Deicer Relay RLY 2 Head Lamp Washer Relay I P Junction Box Fuse F33 F34 F37 Power Connector IPS 1 IPS 2 IPS 3 ARISU1 i m e oe Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel for diesel engine Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component I P Junction Box Fuse F20 F21 F26 F27 F32 IPS 4 IPS 5 IPS 6 ARISU 2 Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse F1 F2 40A RLY 5 Start Relay With Smart Key Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 3 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch 1 aOR ABS Control Module ESP Control Module MULTI FUSE RR HTD 40A RLY 1 RR HTD Relay B 40A RLY 14 Blower Relay 60A I P Junction Box Fuse F1 F2 F7 F13 F19 F25 F31 F36 Power Connector Q 80A EPS Control Module EEJ 10A A C Control Module Auto A C pruptame 10A Electro Chromic Mirror BCM Rear Combination Lamp IN LH RH a Pan RLY 9 ESS Relay RLY 10 HAC Relay Stop Lamp Switch ABS Control Module ESP Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector FUSE 15A TCM A T Vehicle Speed Sensor M T Transaxle Range Switch A T oy m 10A ECM RLY 5 Start Relay 2 30A ABS Control Module ESP Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector Maintenance Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component RLY 3 C FAN HI
156. be ejected N CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit 12 SooS Button CD Changer PA760 Push button to load CDs to avail able CDC deck from 1 6 Push button for more than 2 seconds to load into all available decks The last CD will play 10 seconds idle status will disable loading process Features of your vehicle NOTE 2 Folder playing order Order of playing files folders If no song file is contained in the 1 Song playing order to sequen folder that folder is not displayed tially Root FolderA Folder AA gt Folder AA onl Folder Folders D Song File Folder A Folder AA Folder ABB Folder BA Folder BB Folder AB Folder ABA ii Folder ABB Folder B Folder BA Folder BB DO Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps
157. by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged e Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the car from moving Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal i el Driv
158. by pressing the tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Maintenance Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Map lamp 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place J CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic housings Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution lt is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not com
159. can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving your vehicle Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the
160. cates nothing unusual is off ESP remains off Upon to turn ESP off ESP OFF e When moving out of the mud restarting the engine the indicator will illuminate To or driving on a slippery road ESP will automatically turn on turn the ESP on press the the engine rom revolution again ESP OFF button ESP OFF per minute may not be indicator light will go off increased even if you press e When starting the engine the accelerator pedal deeply you may hear a slight ticking This is to maintain the stabili sound This is the ESP per ty and traction of the vehicle forming an automatic system and does not indicate a prob self check and does not indi lem cate a problem Driving your vehicle E ESP indicator light ee E ESP OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESP system is operating normally The ESP indicator light blinks whenever ESP is operating or illuminates when ESP fails to operate ESP OFF indicator light comes on when the ESP is turned off with the button A CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESP system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires ESP OFF usage When driving e ESP should be turned on for daily driv ing whenever possible e To turn ESP off while driving press the ESP OFF button while driving on a flat
161. cation may resolve the situation Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 Wek button Raises or lowers speak er volume 2 button Activates voice recognition 3 button Places and transfers calls 4 button Ends calls or cancels func tions m What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset steering remote control etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth Wireless Technology sys tem supports 10 types of languages o FRENCH o GERMAN UK ENGLISH o SPANISH o DUTCH ITALIAN o DANISH o RUSSIAN POLISH SWEDISH x NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the system before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible w
162. ccur Do not use more than one tempo rary spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the tem porary spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED It is possible that some tires espe wry et a y _ i MT Tim L DEEE j B i E em OUB061009 Please read the instructions before using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle i F i f z Fa ie j l 5 a E 7 F f k j U j F a OTFS062015 Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h 50 mph in order to reach a vehicle or tire dealer to have the tire replaced cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair metho
163. ch front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Use of seat covers could reduce Continued e If the seat or seat cover is dam A WARNING The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the seat belt sys tems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front and all rear if equipped seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passen ger arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Continued or prevent the effectiveness of the system Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag include the side impact air bag label Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gero
164. cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the syste
165. connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode 2 ENZ Button Displays the information of the file current ly played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE NORMAL DISPLAY FILE NAME Displays no information if the file has no song information 3 Knob amp GEMA Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode 7 a aN ae ra 6 SEEK TRACK gt SBA a ar gt iira is a TF_PA710TFE_USB 4 tie 45 Button Press RAMRAM button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to par ent folder display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed 5 GE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to play songs randomly in current folder e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device To cancel RANDOM play press this bu
166. container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Continued Use only approved portable plas tic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle J CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 e If the fuel filler cap requires replacement please make sure that you use parts designed for replacement in your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control ee _ system For more detailed infor a OT F 040031 mation we recommend that you i contact an authorized Kia dealer emergency
167. ctices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids x NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all countries Check the country laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Driving your vehicle 1 JBA4068 Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with alumi
168. d I OTF040035 A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation By saving the desired position into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference If the battery is disconnected the position memory will be erased and the driving position should be restored in the system Features of your vehicle Recalling positions from memory 1 Change the ignition switch to the ON position 2 To recall the position in the memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver s seat will automatically adjust to the stored position Adjusting the control switch for the dri vers seat while the system is recalling the stored position will cause the move ment to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved Easy access function if equipped The system will move the driver s seat automatically as follows e Without smart key system It will move the driver s seat rearward when the ignition key is removed It will move the drivers seat forward when the ignition key is inserted e With smart key system It will move the drivers seat rearward when the engine start stop button is changed to the OFF position It will move the drivers seat forward when the engine start stop button is changed to the ACC or START posi tion You ca
169. d phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select SELECT in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list el Features of your vehicle e Deleting Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Delete Phone after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select DELETE in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list e Changing Priority When several phones are paired to the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth Wireless Technology is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Change Priority after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select PRIORITY in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list e BT SETUP
170. d result if the caution Is ignored x NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided FUEL REQUIREMENTS Gasoline engine Unleaded For Europe For the optimal vehicle performance we recommend you to use unleaded gaso line which complies with EN 228 and has an octane rating of RON Research Octane Number 95 AKI Anti Knock Index 91 or higher You may use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of RON 91 94 AKI 87 90 but it may result in slight performance reduction of the vehicle Except Europe Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON Research Octane Number 91 AKI Anti Knock Index 87 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling A CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control sys tem s oxygen sensor and affect emission control Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified We rec ommend that you consult an author ized Kia dealer Leaded if equipped For some countries your vehicle is designed to use leaded gasoline When you are going to use leaded gasoline we recommend that you ask an authorized Kia dealer Octane Rating of leaded gasoline is same with unleaded
171. d will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated Features of your vehicle PA760TFG_CD Using CD Player 1 Button If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Disc for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 2 HE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RDM mode and longer than 0 8 second to activate A RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in random sequence e A RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in random sequence 3 HEB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 4 Whig Button e Push button for less than 0 8 second to play from the beginning of current song e Push button for less than 0 8 second and press again within 1 seconds to play the previous song e Push button for 0 8 or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song e Push button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song e Push button for 0 8 or longer to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 Button Plays first 10 seconds of
172. d and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably What to do in an emergency 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 8 Cap screw for reducing tire infla tion pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing OAM060015L Components of the Tire Mobility Kit Read the section Notes on the safe 3 Connectors and cable for the use of the Tire Mobility Kit power outlet direct connection 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 1 Sealant bottle and label with 5 Compressor speed restriction 6 On off switch 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel What to do in an emergenc Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Filling the sealant Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure 1 Shake the sealant bottle 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor so that the bottle is upright A rm aot OTFS062015 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off
173. d fuel filler cap Q Inspect vacuum hose 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped U Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Continued Continued Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months Replace fuel filter Q Replace fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Q Add fuel additives Every 5 000 km or 6months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 75 000 km 50 000 miles or 60months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect front suspension ball joints O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect vacuum hose 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped Q Inspec
174. d is lower than 10km h if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D Drive to sports mode and shift it from sports mode to D Drive again the system changes from manual mode to automatic mode With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear x NOTICE If you pull the and paddle shifters at the same time you cannot shift the gear Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition OTF050011 Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock override access hole 2 Insert a screwdriver or key into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver or key 3 Move the shift lever 4 We recommend that the system be inspected
175. d unit on first try Please try the below i e MenuFilemanagerMusic OptionPlay via Bluetooth e Please refer to User s Guide of your phone for more To stop music try stop playing music from the phone then change the audio mode to other than MP3 Play mode e g FM AM CD etc Features of your vehicle E CD Player PA710TFE For Europe E CD Changer PA760TFE For Europe a 4 3 fz x TA ast AA t There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported TF_PA710TFE_CDP TF_PA760TFE_CDC kk el Features of your vehicle 4 GEO Button amp BE Knob Saves only to the Preset memory e Turns the audio system on off when ce BEM AMI OE EOE the ignition switch is on ACC or ON If the knob is turned clockwise counter 7 clockwise the volume will increase 3 decrease Depending on the model if the ignition 7 PRESET Buttons switch is not on ACC or ON position Press WEND GHB buttons less fy sexe gt he Saal Pie tao Walla peal than 0 8 seconds to play the station track TA AST on LCD after 10 seconds of power up saved in each button and automatically turns off after 1 hours Press SEED GSD buttons more aAa oroparakon than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME current station to the respective button and AUDIO CONTROL 5 KIS Button with a beep When the is pressed it will 1 BG Button automatically tu
176. de fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 8 or 447 position Features of your vehicle Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly x NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 2 3 Start the engine Press the air condi tioning button Set the mode to the position Set the air intake control t
177. disconnect in reverse order EA What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure CAUTION AGM battery if equipped e Absorbent Glass Matt AGM bat teries are maintenance free and we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer For charging your AGM battery use only fully automatic battery chargers that are special ly developed for AGM batteries When replacing the AGM battery we recommend that the AGM bat tery be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery This may cause leaks of internal electrolyte that could result in severe injury If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG func tion the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged bat tery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative termi nal of the booster battery 3 then the othe
178. dom sequence 3 HEB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 4 Whi Button Press R button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song SEEK e Press Kerreg button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song e Press vay button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song Press EIO button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song Press Rere button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song r ast egiper TF_PA760TFE_CDC 5 DISC Button CD changer PA760 e Preset Change Button Changes disc to the previous disc e Preset Change Button Changes disc to the next disc 6 L aiS Button e Press RAAM button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to parent folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed i el Features of your vehicle
179. duced Height Second Version Back Surface Shape vehicle restricted or semi universal categories Forward Facing toddler CRS height 650mm X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in C ISO R3 Full Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS this mass group and or this size class D ISO R2 Reduced Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS E ISO R1 Infant Size Rearward Facing CRS Both ISO R2 and ISO R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost F ISO L1 Left Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot position of the passenger seat G ISO L2 Right Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures Safety features of your vehicle Recommended child restraint systems For Europe ECE R44 Bimbo G 0 1 S Fair Rearward facing with ee E4 0344341 6 seat Specific ISOFIX platform type C E4 0444371 8 platform baby Safe Plus II Rearward facing with ISOFIX Adapter E1 04301146 Bimbo G 0 1 S Fair Meana facing with voids E4 0344341 6 seat Specific ISOFIX platform type l E4 0444371 8 platform F faci ith vehicle ISOFIX Duo plus Britax R mer a wapy Menlee2 E1 04301133 lower anchorage Top tether CRS Manufacturer information FAIR http www fairbimbofix com Britax R mer http www britax com Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact a
180. dy areas replace the removed this will result in exces element more often than the usual sive engine wear recommended intervals Refer to e When removing the air cleaner fil Maintenance under severe usage condi ter be careful that dust or dirt tions in this section does not enter the air intake or damage may result We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is operated in the severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you the owner replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the following proce dure and be careful to avoid damaging other componenis A Replace the filter according to the main a OTFO70013 OTF070014 tenance Schedule Filter replacement 2 With the glove box open remove the 1 Open the glove box and remove the stoppers on both sides support strap 1 Maintenance AMA OTF070015 OVG079016 3 Remove the climate control air filter 4 Replace the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock on the 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of right side of the cover disassembly x NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Othe
181. e an illumination MSA OTF040098N R Outside The illumination intensity of the instru pe ment panel is shown when adjusting it with the illumination control switch OTFS042208 When the outside temperature is below The engine oil level warning message 4 C 39 2 F the temperature digits and will be displayed when the engine oil ice symbol will blink 10 times and warning level should be checked chime will sound 3 times If the outside temperature is above 6 C 41 F turn off To change the outside temperature dis play unit CF press RESET button more than 1 second in this mode If the warning message comes on check the engine oil level as soon as possible and add engine oil as required Slowly pour the recommended oil little by little into a funnel Oil refill capacity approximately 0 6 1 0 Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capac ities in section 8 Do not overfill the engine oil to ensure the oil level is not above F mark on the dipstick Features of your vehicle x NOTICE e If you travel approximately 50 km 100 km after the engine warms up after adding the engine oil the warning light will go off e Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3 times within 10 seconds the warning light will go off immediately However when you turn off the warning light without adding the engine oil the light will come on again after travel
182. e o_o Press SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE PHONE menu 3 The audio displays searching passkey 0000 4 Search the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system on your phone Your phone should display your vehi cle model name on the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device list Then attempt pairing on your phone then PAIR in NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KMC_CAR to JOHNS CAR or KMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instruc tions e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is enabled the phone previously used is automatically selected and re con nected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time 1 Press SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then SELECT in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown e Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted W
183. e ROOM LP 10A Ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch W O Smart Key etc RF Receiver With Smart Key Driver IMS Module BCM Data Link Connector Driver Passenger Door Scuff Lamp Power Outside Mirror Switch Auto Light amp Photo Sensor W O B Alarm Lamp Auto Cut Relay Instrument Cluster Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel for gasoline engine Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component I P Junction Box Fuse F20 F21 F26 F27 F32 IPS 4 IPS 5 IPS 6 ARISU 2 Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse F1 F2 40A RLY 5 Start Relay With Smart Key Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 3 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch Oo a ABS Control Module ESP Control Module MULTI FUSE RR HTD 40A RLY 1 RR HTD Relay O B 40A RLY 14 Blower Relay 60A I P Junction Box Fuse F1 F2 F7 F13 F19 F25 F31 F36 Power Connector Q 80A EPS Control Module EEJ 10A A C Control Module Auto A C EAEE Electro Chromic Mirror BCM Rear Combination Lamp IN LH RH 10A RLY 9 ESS Relay RLY 10 HAC Relay Stop Lamp Switch ABS Control Module ESP Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector FUSE 15A Vehicle Speed Sensor M T Transaxle Range Switch A T Cm 10A PCM 2 30A ABS Control Module ESP Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector Maintenance Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component Oil Pump Inverter With ISG amp A T RLY 3 C FAN HI Relay RLY 4 C FAN LO Relay With Smart Key Fuse amp Rel
184. e A T Automatic transaxle Driving your vehicle Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM Weight of the trailer What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equip ment that you have on your vehicle Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight GVW of your vehicle This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they arent you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer Driving your vehicle VEHICLE
185. e 7 94 DD NG EE EE E AE E E EN EEE EEE TE 4 93 Battery saver fUNCHON pscosszccswecsestarsccesecsertantcectaGhiles 4 93 Headlight escort function cccccceceseeecceeceeceeeeeeeees 4 93 Day time running light scascsnssescvonsavaseeseusecsenteensdermeandsice 4 93 Smart COME LMI TANP seccarsi inaia 4 93 Headlight leveling device sciccesessscssssrencersccnssseeverissnacunns 4 98 Headlight washer issicreireisninisiuniorsnscsrritrnrrananrninisani 4 99 Lubricants and Capac tes s s c5 csecccnd lt sechanieddadonaclatestoetease 8 4 L mbar SUpport scssi i 3 7 a EE T D E E A A AE A A E ET 7 78 Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 42 IVP TAIN COSC CS isror iiaa 7 4 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 7 29 7 40 Normal maintenance schedule 00 7 9 7 20 7 31 Owner maintehanC O ssassn 7 6 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 Tire Tie We VAN Coo se cetece cies ectteet k naeia 7 70 Maintenance SCHOGULC vic ccicccssccsedecvedssiasaxtadsuvevnriatutbesveveiads 7 6 Normal maintenance schedule 7 9 7 20 7 31 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 7 29 7 40 Maintenance Sery CCS ecccce ceo scaccnsisensacsstctetoeenteceeeeesaaeueenes 7 4 Maintenance SYSUCM 02c cs cessassesccessanidianaciecesteceeeeasiobenns 4 55 Manual climate control SYStCM1 1c c cseccccnccassacncecacestavixsd 4 109 Air COMCUMONIING jy sascceseescesaseacesesanessitesannanata
186. e ESP is deactivated Overspeed warning if equipped 120 km h Overspeed warning light If you drive with the speed of 120 km h or more the overspeed warning light will blink This is to prevent you from driving your vehicle with overspeed Overspeed warning chime if equipped If you drive with the speed of 120 km h or more the overspeed warning chime will sound for about 5 seconds This is to pre vent you from driving your vehicle with overspeed tk i el Features of your vehicle EPB Electric Parking Brake malfunction indica tor EPB The EPB malfunction indicator will illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximate ly 3 seconds If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on we recommend that you contact an author ized Kia dealer Also the EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESP indicator comes on to indicate that the ESP is not working properly but if this occurs it does not indicate the EPB has malfunctioned For more details refer to EPB in sec tion 5 AUTO HOLD indicator if equipped AUTO HOLD If you press the AUTO HOLD switch the AUTO HOLD indicator on the cluster comes on white And when you stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal the indicator changes from white to green If the AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator lights up yellow the AUTO HOLD is not working properly We recommend that y
187. e Maintenance system informs the driver when to replace engine oil and rotate tires Maintenance 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position or engine running the LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to the items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Maintenance 3 Select the desired engine oil tire rota tion maintenance schedule 4 If finished you can come out of the Maintenance mode by pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds el Features of your vehicle Distance to Service Engine Oil Service Message ori Engine Oil 0000 km Service Complete Reset Tire rotation service required j F RESET Set Alarm y Tire Rotation 0000 km Remind Later OTF040071N F TRIP Move RESET _ Select OTF040071AC OTF040073N Distance to Service 2 lf you would like to reset or inactivate To enter the Distance to Service mode A the maintenance system press the press the TRIP button for less than 1 sec RESET button for more than 1 second ond i The display will change to Engine Oil Engine oil service Service Message mode required You can move to items by pressing the F RESET Set Alarm TRIP button and select the desired item by pressing the RESET button OTF040072N
188. e Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors ee gq esses e e e What to do in an emergency TOWING If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear x NOTICE If the EPB does not release normally we recommend that you contact an author ized Kia dealer OMC045012 Towing service A CAUTION If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing proce dures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground e Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Failure to place the shift
189. e ae sali 1 to turn Your vehicle is equipped with both left the automatic dimming function on hand and right hand outside rearview The mirror indicator light will illuminate mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street Indicator Sensor 1 OVG049039 1 To operate the electric rearview mirror e The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt j TA OTF040044 Remote control The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC posi tion Move the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point o
190. e angle of steering wheel is over 25 35 it is differed from vehicle speed e When the vehicle speed is over 3 km h e When driving forward Daytime running light if equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will make the head lights light turn OFF when 1 The position or head light switch is ON 2 Engine off or ACC el Features of your vehicle E Type A OED040045 OED040046 OED040800 OBK049045 OAM049041 OAM049042 Lighting control Parking light position 00 Headlight position 20 The light switch has a Headlight and a When the light switch is in the parking When the light switch is in the headlight Parking light position light position 1st position the tail posi position 2nd position the head tail To operate the lights turn the knob at the tion license and instrument panel lights position license and instrument panel end of the control lever to one of the fol will turn ON lights are ON lowing positions 1 Off position NOTICE 2 Parking light position The ignition switch must be in the ON 3 Headlight position position to turn on the headlights 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the
191. e as far behind the vehi cle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when youre towing a trailer And because of the increased vehicle length you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making turns When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when i
192. e blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your dealer should be consult ed for repairs High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Tail light indicator DO0 This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on el Features of your vehicle Front fog light indicator if equipped 0 This indicator illuminates when the front fog lights are ON This indicator illuminates when the rear fog lights are ON This indicator light illuminates when the headlights are on Rear fog light indicator if equipped Low Beam Indicator Light Engine oil pressure warning light n This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available we rec ommend that you call an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pr
193. e collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though the smoke and po
194. e control selection button 9 Rear window defroster button 10 OFF button 11 Recirculated air position button Type A Air intake control button Type B 12 AUTO automatic control button 13 Climate control display 14 Climate information screen selection button CON OOF WD N gt OTFR043129 OTF040175N Features of your vehicle OTF040131 OTF040135 Automatic heating and air condi 2 Turn the temperature control knob to 3 NOTICE tioning set the desired temperature Never place anything over the sensor 1 Push the AUTO button The modes located on the instrument panel to fan speeds air intake and air condi X NOTICE ensure better control of the heating and tioning will be controlled automatically To turn the automatic operation off cooling system by temperature setting select any button or switch of the fol lowing Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Air intake control button Fan speed control knob The selected function will be con trolled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate con trol use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23 C 73 F kt el Features of your vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system work
195. e inspect ed by an authorized Kia dealer Continued the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS 2 warning light to illuminate Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag E ALET A OTF030033 Driver s and passenger s front air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters AIR BAG engraved on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box Passenger s front air bag E OTF030034 The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity 4 WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obt
196. e transaxle fluid more frequently If your vehicle is not equipped with an air conditioner you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer Driving your vehicle If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer e Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control e Do not do any towing with your car dur ing its first 2 000 km 1 200 miles in order to allow the engine to properly break in Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transaxle damage e When towing a trailer we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer on additional requirements such as a towing kit etc e Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 100 km h 60 mph e On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 km h 45 mph or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower e The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight i gg ke cen at wr an mr 650 1433 1300 2866 Maximum permissible static 60 vertical load on the coupling 132 device kg Ibs 132 Recommended distance from rear wheel center to coupling point mm inch 650 1433 650 1433 650 1433 Without brake Maximum system trailer weight kg Ibs With brake System 1700 3748 1300 2866 1300 2866 1185 46 7 A a A M T Manual transaxl
197. e you start driving Day 4 OTF040040 Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driv ing Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automatical ly controls the glare from the headlights of the car behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle and automati cally controls the headlight glare from vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehicle CAUTION When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liq uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous ing kt el Features of your vehicle e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn Outside rearview mirror the automatic dimming function off p r mi f The mirror indicator light will turn off w 1 ACUS UO ANES elo fh th
198. ear At least once a year e Check the coolant level in the engine _ e every Spring and Fall e Clean the body and door drain holes coolant reservoir e Check the radiator heater and air con e Lubricate the door hinges and checks e Check the operation of all exterior ditioning hoses for leaks or damage and hood hinges lights including the stoplights turn sig Check the windshield washer spray Lubricate the door and hood locks and nals and hazard warning flashers and wiper operation Clean wiper latches e Check the inflation pressures of all blades with clean cloth dampened with Lubricate the door rubber weather tires including the spare washer fluid strips e Check the headlight alignment e Check the air conditioning system e Check the muffler exhaust pipes e Inspect and lubricate automatic shields and clamps transaxle linkage and controls e Check the lap shoulder belts for wear Clean the battery and terminals and function e Check the brake clutch fluid level e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts a el Maintenance a SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas
199. ecautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance
200. ed Kia dealer NOTICE Immobilizer system e If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to mal function and we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS OTF040009 Operating door locks from out side the vehicle Mechanical key e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the door with a key the doors will lock unlock If you lock unlock the driver s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock automatically if equipped e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely Transmitter Smart key Doors can be locked and unlocked with the transmitter or smart key if equipped Doors can be locked and unlocked pressing the button of the outside door handle with the smart key in your pos
201. eene poenrgsendeeiedeannaglandeaned 4 136 Digital CNG OKs cnccecarccennczneesesonvscacseenses adepceasteienecdeaun 4 138 Power outlet sssrinin a 4 137 STERA O ATEA EET T T E A T 4 137 Ignition key interlock System si sisisssissisisiorissiiiniiiirisi D2 Floor mat anchor s cccccececceessscsscesecessessesseeseees 4 138 Finn tn ODHIZCE Sy SUI ee secrsecnanarcesBrteestenpepenriretatpboctnenssaneette 4 4 Interior No ssa ceasactaeond ateoicanaadarecesteseeneteasermeecteionens 4 104 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster l 7 Interior OVervieW sssiccctscscscsdiscesstecusesavsaseaonesesotereadeensduets 2 2 Indicators and Warni ES 5 x arcstestennbensteceoracesstatvoncsenemss 4 57 Interlock System ccccceceececescceecescsesesscsssssesessssseeees 5 26 rr 15 Index J oy AS Ke A OOS e Guana ubewisazcetnvievsasaceete 6 8 Jump Starting oa sc ctdccoancisasscloocenasnamaccesusenaneansusansaeeseasaceee 6 5 Ko O Eey 01k LA 8 6 repie r E 5 5 E E E E A EEE ET 4 3 Ua Label Air bag warning label ccccccsssscsssecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 63 Tire specification and pressure label ceeee 8 8 Vehicle certification IADCls cicessiexsuiessasaswaiinsinsancioniademsannis 8 7 TA GI a oscceeysascccacesesesuezas cee ttonacsastonantensansuiansseraieee ie 3 22 Lap shou lder belt si scccasescctiancensndssanescteanceaseedvereeeriecterents 3 20 MA UMC le pte bist nd sarees A ees olenpacesadeeaesee saassaie
202. el filter cartridge Diesel Q Inspect exhaust system K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or Q Inspect front suspension ball joints replace U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped U Inspect parking brake 0 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Continued Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 72 months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped U Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid U Inspect battery condition Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections LI Replace engine oil and filter Diesel Q Inspect cooling system Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or Inspect disc brakes and pads replace Q Inspect drive belt Diesel First 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Replace fuel filter cartridge Diesel Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel U Inspect parking brake Q Inspect steering gear rack l
203. em supports Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly x NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology features e Only one selected connected cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system m Phone Setup All Bluetooth Wireless Technology relat ed operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE item by rotating the TUNE knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the TUNE knob then push the knob e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology features the phone must be paired registered with the audio sys tem Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system kk el Features of your vehicle NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phon
204. ened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds At this time if the seat belt is fastened the chime will stop at once if equipped OTFR030051 Type B 1 Drivers seat belt warning light 2 Front passenger s seat belt warning light As a reminder to the driver and front pas senger the driver s and front passenger s seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned ON the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened Safety features of your vehicle If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9 km h 5 mph the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you drive under 6 km h 3 mph If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20 km h 12 mph the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the cor responding warning light will blink x NOTICE e You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel e Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will illuminate for 6 seconds e The front passenger s seat belt warn ing may op
205. enesendensexdeseigstasesessadectoss 4 49 OP TO OEA E ea va EN E E EE E parties eons 4 19 Noo O Vehicle break in process cccccssssscccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 6 Venicle certification label sracirenenemiearnian 8 7 Vehicle identification number VIN 0 000eeeeeeees 8 7 Vehicle welig hi osc cescstscacanensdeemansansecbonesaveesnnaesaasteanpacsapensaacs 5 82 Base CULO weit hi secanicssioionii aN 5 82 Cargo Wy SO es wat cestsacrnsgeetacasvosseecsosumesteonoaeenneearsseete 5 82 GAW Gross axle Weight ccccccccccccceccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 82 GAWR Gross axle weight rating cece cece 5 82 GVW Gross vehicle weight ccccccccccecceeceeeeeeeees 5 82 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 82 Index W Warnings and indicators aterpcensetd ex avetannexneneammidtdnceneldantic 4 56 Washer EHUIIG saieseewnaconeten deders tania renanecentonueiadseanentesasenuands 7 53 Waste tray see ashtray c 222 0000c000cc0dsccedsecnceteaaesassoees 4 135 Woa 3 Re oe nec ne ae ee E E 5 82 Base curb weight ic ccissnicnsasinsgeeseeeasances ethicncandecestbanscaenats 5 82 A WELE eae ececarecicetonenecienee E RE 5 82 GAW Gross axle weight cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 82 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 0 00 0 ce cceeeeees 5 82 GVW Gross vehicle weight lt i cscocsaceivecncantecensxioseaiedes 5 82 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 000000000000000 5 82 Welcome system iiissmiicnsomniiorieinnrn
206. engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months U Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months O Inspect valve clearance Every 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months Q Add fuel additives Every 5 000 km or 6months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 105 000 km 70 000 miles or 84months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect front suspension ball joints O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect vacuum hose 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped U Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months Q
207. erate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat Rear if equipped If the ignition switch is turned ON engine is not running when the rear passen ger s seat belt is not fastened the corre sponding seat belt warning light will illu minate until the belt is fastened And then the rear corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 35 seconds if any of fol lowing occurs You start the engine when the rear belt is not fastened You drive over 9km h when the rear belt is not fastened The rear belt is disconnected when you diver under 20km h If the rear seat belt is fastened the warn ing light will turn off immediately If the rear seat belt is disconnected when you drive over the 20km h the corre sponding seat belt warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for 35 sec onds But if the rear passenger s seat belt is are connected and disconnected twice within 9 seconds after the belt is fas tened the corresponding seat belt warn ing light will not operate Safety features of your vehicle Front seat OTF030026 Height adjustment front seat You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the
208. erse leave the shift lever at N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade while waiting for a traffic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driv ing This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly J CAUTION When operating the clutch pedal press the clutch pedal down fully If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur Driving your vehicle Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or while driving up steep hills down shift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of Stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to i
209. ess Technology capa bility such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be con trolled by the audio system CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupt ed When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued When the iPod cable is connect ed the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your veh
210. ess Technology sys tem prompts whether you wish to turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology ON or not 1 Press SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then BT OFF in PHONE menu m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming message and incoming phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Private Call Press and hold button on the steer ing wheel until the audio system trans fers a call to the phone E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Calls message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Mute the Microphone Press MUTE button on the audio e To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel i el Features of your vehicle m Making a Phone Call A Call Back can be made by pressing button on the steering wheel This is the same function as using the button solely on the cellular phone NOTE Some phone models require pressing button twice to make a call x NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may h
211. essure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result A CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running we rec ommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Automatic transaxle shift indicator if equipped The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected Manual transaxle shift indicator if equipped A I v fl This indicator informs you which gear is desired while driving to save fuel For example Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift _ lever is in the 2nd gear v Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th gear
212. et Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container J CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance oe ti UUUCtsC ti UOCtstitttttC dS gg eeseee seeseereeeesses EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recom mended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer or other repair shops that use qualified technicians in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Program ESP
213. ette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire OTF030002 Front seat adjustment Forward and rearward To move the seat forward or rearward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle OTF030003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock Seat cushion height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever that is located on the out side of the seat cushion upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times e To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times Automatic adjustment if equipped The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the out side of the seat cushion Before driving ad
214. events you from driving at full throttle unintentionally by making the driver require increased effort to depress the accelerator pedal However if you depress the pedal more than approximately 80 the vehicle can be at full throttle and the accelerator pedal will be easier to depress This is not a malfunction but a normal condition Starting the gasoline engine 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while starting the engine Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 4 Press the engine start stop button 5 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neu
215. fail indicator yellow will illu minate with an audible warning if the LKAS is not working properly We recom mend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle When there is a problem with the system Lane Departure Warning System do one of the following LDWS e Turn the system on after turning the The system can be converted to LKA engine off and on again to LDW at the User setting mode Check if the ignition switch is in the ON Refer to User setting in section 4 position l e LDWS alerts the driver with a visual e Check if the system is affected by the and audible warning when the system weather ex fog heavy rain etc detects the vehicle straying from its e Check if there is foreign matter on the lane camera lens e If the LDWS is operating the indicator white will illuminate If the problem is not solved we recom The steering wheel will not be con mend that the system be checked by an trolled authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a liter gallon of fuel To operate your vehi cle as economically as possible use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit st
216. fer to If the engine overheats in section 6 CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine OTF040059 Tripmeter Trip computer if equipped The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving information except Odometer resets if the battery is disconnected Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B m Type A m Type B TRIP A lt TRIP A lt Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Distance to empty Average fuel consumption OTF040060C Odometer km or mi The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off Instant fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Average speed Average speed Elapsed time Elapsed time ECO driving ECO driving if equipped Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B OTF040061C Tripmeter km or mi TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 km 0 0 to 9
217. files Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Continued e If the USB device is divided by e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below ee ee ea a Se Features of your vehicle ta ast bit a TE_PA710TFE_USB Using USB device 1 Button USB If the auxiliary device is
218. fluid Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect battery condition OQ Replace engine oil and filter Diesel U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt Diesel First 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots U Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Replace fuel filter cartridge Diesel Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel U Inspect parking brake Q Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Continued Maintenance a llC gt _ eee ee a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 180 000 km 120 000 miles or 144 months Continued Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect battery condition Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect cooling system U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt Diesel First 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary
219. folder displayed 11 0 Button Displays the information of the current CD TRACK FILE as below when the button is pressed each time e CDDA Disc Title Disc Artist Track Title Track Artist Total Track e MP3 WMA File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total File not displayed if the information is not available on the DISC 12 Knob amp Button Turn this button clockwise to display the songs next to the currently played song Turn the button counterclockwise to dis play the songs before the currently played song Press the button to skip and play the selected song 13 DISC Button e Preset Change Button Changes disc to the previous disc e Preset Change Button Changes disc to the next disc Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take pr
220. for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 2 Wl Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 second to play from the begin ning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec ond and press it again within 1 sec onds to move and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 second to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 HE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate A RDM mode e RDM Only files in a folder are played back in a random sequence e A RDM All files in a USB memory are played back in the random sequence 4 GB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back ed Features of your vehicle PA760TFG_USB 5 LUS Button Plays 10 seconds of each song in the USB device Press the button once again to cancel scanning 6 z013 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder di
221. freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditio
222. fter a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transaxle A CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage Driving your vehicle x NOTICE The ESP system if equipped should be ab OBH058035L turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle Smooth cornerin g Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tire wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights OMC035004 Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads
223. fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace No check No service required Q Automatic transaxle fluid Maintenance MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace I Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace i Maintenance Driving Maintenance item Maintenance intervals oh operation condition Every 7 500 km 5 000 miles ABCDEF or 6 months G H lI J K L Air cleaner filter repaos a Trewern CTE depending on the condition Replace more frequently Pa PLI OR depending on the condition Bole a Engine oil and engine oil filter Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles re ri Every 90 000 km 60 000 miles 2 EAE Inspect more frequently depending on the condition SBE Iie Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Steering gear rack linkage and boots Maintenance Front suspension ball joints Maintenance item Maintenance operation Inspect more frequently a depending on the condition C D E F G Maintenance intervals Driving condition l l Inspect more frequently Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors po depending on the condition C DEG AH Drum brakes and lin
224. fuel of above cetane 51 is used in your vehicle If two types of diesel fuel are available use Summer or winter fuel properly according to the following tem perature conditions e Above 5 C 23 F diesel fuel e Below 5 C 23 F Winter type diesel fuel Summer type Watch the fuel level in the tank very care fully If the engine stops through fuel fail ure the circuits must be completely purged to permit restarting CAUTION Do not let any gasoline or water enter the tank This would make it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be dam aged and white smoke can be emit ted Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blends of no more than 7 biodiesel commonly known as B7 Diesel may be used in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications EN stands for European Norm The use of biofu els exceeding 7 made from rapeseed methyl ester RME fatty acid methyl ester FAME vegetable oil methyl ester VME etc or mixing diesel exceeding 7 with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel sys
225. g the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosity engine oils can Diesel provide better fuel economy and cold Engine Oil 1 7L weather performance however higher vis cosity engine oils are required for satisfac tory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those recom mended could result in engine damage When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be oper ated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN agen CERTIFICATION Frame number F VIN label if equipped m j y 3 OTF080002 The vehicle identification number VIN is The VIN is also ona plate attached tothe The vehicle certification label attached the number used in registering your car top of the dashboard The number on the on the driver s or front passenger s side and in all legal matters pertaining to its plate can easily be seen through the center pi
226. h Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed P OTFR050022 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the cruise ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruis ing speed and the system is still activat ed the most recent set speed will auto matically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph x NOTICE Always check the road conditions when pressing the RES switch to resume the speed Driving your vehicle P OTFR050020 To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the cruise ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle SPEED LIMIT CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED You can set the speed limit when you don t want to drive over a specific speed If you drive over the preset speed limit the warning sys
227. han 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be damaged and white smoke can be emitted Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 7 Vehicle certification label 8 7 Tire specification and pressure label 8 8 Engine number 8 8 Air conditioner compressor label 8 9 Specifications amp Consumer information 8 Specifications amp Consumer information DIMENSIONS O im mo oo Overall length 4845 190 7 Overall width 1830 72 0 57 1601 63 0 1595 62 8 1591 62 6 1601 63 0 1595 62 8 2 1591 62 6 2795 110 0 1 with R16 tire 2 with R17 tire 3 with R18 tire BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage 55 or 35 HID 59 Headlights Low Headlights High Smart cornering lamp Front turn signal Position light Side repeater light Front fog light Stop and tail light Rear turn signal light Back up light High mounted stop light License plate light Front map lamp Center room lamp Trunk room lamp Rear room lamp Day the running light DRL Rear fog lamp 21 LED If equipped Specifications amp Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure bar psi kPa Wheel lug nut torque Tire size Wheel size war Lear i aT Rear load kg m Ibeft Nem es 3 er 3 3 a 3 205 65R16 6 5Jx16 33 225 33 225
228. happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire very hazardous and will reduce braking effectiveness steering accuracy and trac tion Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride and handling capa bility Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and performance of your vehi cle which could lead to han dling failure or rollover and serious injury When replacing the tires be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size type tread brand and load carrying capacity Continued ance stopping distance body to tire clearance snow tire clearance and speedometer reliability It is best to replace all four tires at the same time If that is not possible or necessary then replace the two front or two rear tires as a pair Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle s handling The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size Originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESP Electronic Stability Program if equipped to work irregularly Maintenance OO eee Compact spare tire replacement if equipped A compact
229. harges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours Maintenance 44 WARNING Recharging When battery recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order Turn off the battery charger main switch Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal WARNING e Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected Operation related to the battery is recommended to an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION e Keep the battery away from water or any liquid e For your safety We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized Kia dealer Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged
230. he driver s door engine hood in auto stop mode the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and ISG system is deac tivated If your vehicle is equipped with a supervision cluster the notice will illuminate on the LCD display Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine manually eel Driving your vehicle E OTF050027 Auto start To restart the engine from idle stop mode e Press the clutch pedal when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position The engine will start and the green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will go out If your vehicle is equipped with a supervision cluster the notice will illuminate on the LCD display E Type A E Type B Auto Start Deactivated Sta rt M anu gl y Deactivated start Manually OTFS052072 The engine will also restart automati cally without the driver s any actions if the following occurs The fan speed of manual climate con trol system is set above the 3rd position when the air conditioning is on The fan speed of automatic climate control system is set when air condi tioning is turned on and blower is max position When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate control system on When the defroster is max The brake vaccum pressure is low The battery charging status is low The vehicle speed exceeds 5 km h The green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will blink fo
231. he fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Maintenance SS Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte nance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Clean the wheel when it has cooled e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any alkaline or acid deter gent It may damage and corrode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protective finish Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro
232. he closest one will be recognized first Cluster sounds continuously Features of your vehicle x NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehi cle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the cluster sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist system If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle SMART PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM SPAS IF EQUIPPED s NOTICE The vehicle will not stop for pedestri ans or objects that may be in its path so the driver must monitor the maneuver Use the system only in parking lots and places used for parking The system does not work if there is no car parked in front of the parking space you are planning to park or if it is a diagonal parking space After parking your vehicle using the system the vehicle may not be parked The Smart Parking Assist System helps at the exact spot
233. he proper headlight beam headlight switch is in the first or second UL passengers eel under the various conditions position and the engine start stop button driver Maximum permis is in the ON position sible loading The washer fluid will be sprayed on to the Driver Maximum permis 7 headlights sible loading x NOTICE Check the headlight washers periodical ly to confirm that the washer fluid is being sprayed properly onto the head light lenses Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS m Type A Al A Wiper speed control front m Type A 2 HI High wiper speed 1 LO Low wiper speed INT Intermittent wipe AUTO Automatic control wipe O OFF Off V MIST Single wipe B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front if equipped OAM049047L OAM049100L OYF049102 OTF040200L Features of your vehicle Windshield wipers front Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON V For a single wiping cycle move the lever to this position and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position O Wiper is not in operation Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 Normal wiper speed 2 Fast wiper speed x NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow
234. hen the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more 1 Press SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then DELETE in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown Features of your vehicle e Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection 1 Press SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then PRIORITY in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown e Adjusting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Volume Bluetooth Wireless Technology system volume can be adjusted separately from main volume of the audio system 1 Press SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then BT VOL in PHONE menu 3 Adjust volume to desired level by turn ing the TUNE knob then press the knob to confirm e Turning Bluetooth Wireless Technology ON OFF Bluetooth Wireless Technology system can be enabled ON or disabled OFF by this menu If Bluetooth Wireless Technology is disabled all the commands related to Bluetooth Wirel
235. hen you are ready to leave after park ing on a hill 1 With the manual transaxle in Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you e Start your engine e Shift into gear and e Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a_ trailer Important items to pay particular atten tion to include engine oil automatic transaxle fluid axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake condition is another important item to frequently check Each item is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If youre trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight CAUTION Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driv ing If the coolant gauge indicates over heating switch off the A C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine When towing check th
236. hicle does not yet need waxing A CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing high alkaline or caus tic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense x NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance n Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as t
237. hicle 3 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS OTFS032001 Driver s seat 1 Forward and rearward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height 4 Lumbar support 5 Driver position memory system 6 Seat warmer Seat warmer with air ventilation 7 Headrest Front passenger s seat 8 Forward and rearward 9 Seatback angle 10 Seat warmer Seat warmer with air ventilation 11 Headrest Rear seat 12 Seat warmer 13 Armrest 14 Headrest 15 Seatback folding lever if equipped Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the drivers foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats 44 WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback AX WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abd
238. hield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters i kt el Features of your vehicle OTF040123 MAX A C Level B D if equipped The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel To close the vent rotate it downward to the maximum position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OTF040125 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air Features of your vehicle OTF040126 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air C position selected air
239. his case set the mode selection knob or button tothe position and fan speed con trol to the lower speed Features of your vehicle Outside air ed Recirculat airy Be mm Blower Evaporator core Climate control air filter Heater core OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens we recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by an author ized Kia dealer x NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning
240. hown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first i 2 Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km 350 miles or before starting a long trip If the recommended oil is not available replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 20 000 km or 12 months 3 The engine oil level should be checked regularly and main tained properly Operating with an insufficient amount oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty 4 This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel lt EN590 or equivalent gt If the diesel fuel specifications don t meet the EN590 it must be replaced more frequently If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance sched ule and we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 5 a 6 Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water Inspect and if necessary correct or replace Inspect drive belt tensioner idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage
241. ht goes off The illu minating time varies with the water tem perature air temperature and battery condition x NOTICE If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet ed turn the ignition key once more to the LOCK OFF position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat again CAUTION If the preheat indicator light contin ues to illuminate or flash on and off after the engine has warmed up or while driving we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle ESP indicator Electronic Stability Program if equipped ee The ESP indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESP is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driving conditions the ESP indicator will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESP will oper ate and the ESP indicator will blink to indicate the ESP is operating But if the ESP system malfunctions the indicator illuminates and stays on We recommend that you contact an author ized Kia dealer ESP OFF indicator T if equipped eo OFF The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESP OFF mode press the ESP OFF button The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate indicating th
242. icle PA760TFG_iPod Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to iPod mode from the other mode to play the song files stored in iPod If no auxiliary device is not connected it displays NO Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 2 Wilii Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 second to play from the begin ning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec ond and press it again within 1 sec onds to move and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 second to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 HE Button RANDOM Press the button for less than 0 8 second to activate or deactivate the random play back of the songs within the current cat egory Press the button for longer than 0 8 second to randomly play all songs in the entire aloum of iPod Press the button once again to cancel the mode 4 GB Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played PA760TFG iPod 5 GEG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected catego
243. icle A CAUTION IN USING conimuEd KoI BLUETOOTH WIRELESS edf F Sea PE signal ete or the vehicles interior noise is too Hany a Cale loud it may be difficult to hear the Do not use a cellular phone or per form Bluetooth Wireless Technology settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth Wireless Technology operations The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology related fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tun nel in a underground in a moun tainous area etc Continued other person s voice during a call Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth Wireless Technology system or cellular service stations can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth Wireless Technology your phone may dis charge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth Wireless Technology related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case storing the device in a different lo
244. icle e The Parking Assist System will be acti E Right side E Left side E Right side E Left side vated the button indicator will illumi parallel mode parallel mode parallel mode parallel mode nate A warning sound will be heard if an obstacle is detected Park Assist Mode Park Assist Mode Searching Searching Press the Smart Parking Assist System button again for more than 2 seconds to turn off the system e The Smart Parking Assist System defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on OTFS042211 OTFS042212 2 Select parking assist mode 3 Search for parking space e Select the parking assist mode by Slowly drive forward maintaining the pressing the Smart Parking Assist distance of approximately 50cm System button with the shift lever in N 150cm 19 6in 59 0in with the Neutral or D Drive and the brake parked vehicles The side sensors will pedal depressed search for a parking space e The right side parallel mode is select If the vehicle speed is over 30km h ed automatically when the Smart 18 6mph a message will appear to Parking Assist System is activated notify to reduce speed e To select the left side parallel mode If the vehicle speed is over 40km h press the Smart Parking Assist System 24 8mph the system will cancel button once more If the button is pressed again the sys tem will turn off i ed Features of your vehicle x NOTICE e Turn on the haza
245. iinrenii iniia 4 107 Wheel teplacemeni cysts a chnaisacssonsdedvoinipnddansanmonpadeeteaeees 7 70 VY HOW S sa rican pocosa ctarcacoseenntincahanengdeccatenssatcpanqubnecivemehaenendes 4 22 Auto up down window cccceesssccsssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 24 Power window lock button cccececccscsececceceeeeeeeeees 4 25 Windshield defrosting and defogging eee 4 128 Detoggino logi eserci 4 130 Winter CE VANS oda cdcassiaadesansasaessiacocestatentonceanenbeouteacaesiaas 5 70 SHOW CESS erai a Ei 5 70 T e e E 5 71 Wiper blades ssississsirscisissisiieniosnaneininii annsira 7 59 Wipers and washers seauiteraniirniece aa 4 100 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Driver s position memory system 4 36 2 Door lock unlock buton a 4 16 3 Outside rearview mirror folding NEC EE E see eee A E E eee eas 4 44 4 Outside rearview mirror control SWIECI AE ee E E A tern een te 4 43 5 Central door lock switch 0 4 16 6 Power window lock button 4 25 7 Power window switches n e 4 22 8 Headlight leveling device 4 98 9 Instrument panel illumination control SNIEG e ae an eee Rm akan cir ue ater Nn ery 4 47 10 ESP OFE DURON oe a cer 5 43 11 Idle Stop and Go ISG OFF button 5 15 12 Smart parking assist system button 4 84 1
246. ill not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even when the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices OTFO70020 Engine compartment fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other 2 switches off Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not electrical failures may occur from water contact Maintenance ee O1F070021 Main fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 5 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Remove the fuse panel in the engine compartment 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 3 Replace the fuse with a ne
247. ily while you put the shift lever in P Park and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED a 2 y ee OTFR050019 1 Cruise indicator 2 Cruise set indicator The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without pressing the acceler ator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph A WARNING e If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system A CAUTION During cruise speed driving of a manual transaxle vehicle do not shift
248. impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 Air bag warning light 7 8 9 1 SRS control module SRSCM Front impact sensors Side impact sensors 0 Passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator front passenger s seat only 11 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped i Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s front air bag 3 B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag Continued e Before you replace a fuse or di
249. ind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued Continued e If the air bags inflate we recom mend that the system be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia deal er knows these precautions and can give you the necessary infor mation Failure to follow these precautions and_ procedures could increase the risk of person al injury If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dea
250. ing approximately 50 km 100 km after the engine warms up CAUTION If the light comes on continuously after adding the engine oil and trav eling approximately 50 km 100 km after the engine warms up we rec ommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Even if this light doesn t come on after the engine has started the engine oil should be checked and supplied periodically Features of your vehicle PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Rear sensors B a AN AA ELET TO v a a F Poe alles r e e a Oo FOMOS _ 97043301 This is the parking assist system to warn the driver of object which are detected by front and rear sensors with range of dis tance of sensors operation as warning sound or indicator LCD when the vehi cle is moved back or forward This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited Whenever getting forward or backing up pay as much attention to what is front or behind you as you would in a vehicle without a parking assist system B eee O i OTFC040207 Rear parking assist system type if equipped The rear sensor detects the distance between vehicle and object The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehi cle by
251. ing your vehicle A WARNING e Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when corner ing or turning Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed lim its A WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes
252. ings if equipped Parking brake Drive shaft and boots Climate control air filter if equipped SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A miles in normal temperature or less than 16 km 10 miles in freezing temperature Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis tances Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather Bet ae ee eee Inspect more frequently po depending on the condition G D Bs tk Ir Inspect more frequently depending on the condition Inspect more frequently ek depending on the condition Op BRIE E Gh ns GIS Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km 5 C D G H Replace more frequently depending on the condition C E G Driving in sandy areas Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F Driving on uphill downhill or mountain roads Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle towing Driving in very cold weather Driving over 170 km h 106 mile h Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance n NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are s
253. inkage and boots Continued Maintenance Neen ee ee ee ee ee 2 l NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 120 000 km 80 000 miles or 96 months Continued Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect battery condition 2 Replace air cleaner filter U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect cooling system U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid UO Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Diesel Q Inspect drive belt Diesel Q Replace fuel filter cartridge Diesel First 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Q Inspect drive shafts and boots p O Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped U Inspect parking brake U Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Continued Maintenance MR NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 150 000 km 100 000 miles or 120 months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace brake clutch if equipped
254. into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this sec tion N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the lower gear x NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive Sports mode if equipped Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Driving your vehicle Using the shift lever Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear x NOTICE In sports
255. ir bag 4 Curtain air bag 5 Front passenger s air bag ON OFF switch if equipped The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYF039050 0UB031021 Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a sever
256. ir from the fuel filter If you drive until you have no fuel left or if you replace the fuel filter be sure to extract air from the fuel system as it makes it difficult to start the engine 1 Pump up and down approximately 50 times until the pump is hard 2 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt with a cross tip screw driv er and reinstall the bolt 3 Pump up and down approximately 15 times 4 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt with a cross tip screw driv er and reinstall the bolt 5 Pump up and down approximately 5 times x NOTICE e Use cloths when you extract air so that the fuel is not sprayed around e Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or the injection pump before starting the engine to prevent fire e Finally check each part if the fuel is leaking Fuel filter cartridge replacement x NOTICE When replacing the fuel filter cartridge we recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance WASHER FLUID za T gt Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Maintenance PARKING BRAKE
257. ireless Technology functions Pair phone Select phone Delete phone Change priority Bluetooth off Phonebook Delete name m Voice Operation Tip To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to elim inate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may dis turb recognizing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the com mand will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words E Information Display lt Active Call gt kk dl Features of your vehicle lt Voice Recognism gt The Bluetooth Wireless Technology icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected m Phone Setup All Bluetooth Wireless Technology relat ed operations can be performed by voice command or by manual operation By Voice Command Press button on the steering wheel to activate voice recognition By Manual Operation 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE item by rotating the knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the knob then push the knob e Pairing phone Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology features the phone must be paired registered to the audio system
258. is in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for approximately 30 seconds to indicate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few seconds to indicate that you are not be able to start the engine e If the indicator illuminates only for 2 seconds and goes out when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized Kia dealer When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator blinks you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button directly with the smart key Also if the smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator will blink Low fuel level warning light m This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter Features of your vehicle EPS Electronic W Type A Power Steering system warning EPS light E Type B This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and the
259. is significantly under inflated by illuminating the cor responding position light If either telltale illuminates immedi ately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as pos sible Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side cen ter pillar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the TPMS malfunction indicator may turn on and the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will remain on after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle A CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure Continued What to do in an emergency Continued When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended
260. isconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module z Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting Press the button when shifting gt gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OTF050010 1 Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a A CAUTION The indicator in the instrument cluster forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your displays the shift lever position when the transaxle do not accelerate the ignition switch is in the ON position engine in R Reverse or any for ward gear position with the P Park brakes on e When stopped on an incline do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power Use the serv ice brake or the parking brake e Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the drive wheels from rotating A CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you Shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion el Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting
261. ission control SysteMm cccccccccccceeeeeeeees 7 112 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 42 PU CC e 7 105 PVG Ue E E A E A AET EE E A A 6 8 Chanting Mre Sosio ARa 6 9 Jack and tools cin ddnscnsdaudsbedstnansdsawnsiensetetssonoundvesdtbeseusezantoc 6 8 Removing and storing the spare tire cece ceeeeeeee 6 9 Floor mat ANCHONS iicicsscccavrrsdacepamasocaevendoosnoeemerneones 4 138 Fluid Washer Mid eooo eni rnn A E e E EN 7 53 fakes CHICK fluid 4 cccsassasasaneesaegecesoeoesoceactateeeverssteseea 7 50 Power steering fluid oi0eejarccnnpcecapioantsactosnntdediacebnedadieaexs 7 51 Front seat adjustment manual os sicazcnsnccaccesnacecaeteteesessets 3 4 Front seat adjustment pOWer sssssnonnnnnnnneseeeesssssseesseee 3 5 Foel aler Hd serein a R 4 29 Foel gap E eusann ai aii 4 48 Fuel regure meni our eee EEr 1 2 PU e oe cmeesaa eo eenenreaeemiece ts saedetes 7 74 Fuse relay panel description cccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeees 7 79 Instrument panel fuse sccccvccseseveessasadendeadedtacedenssesacaseenets 7 76 AEA E E E A A E E EA 7 78 Memory LUSC ioc cncindts on nvasmavesandeasasascncaddocosstdedecavsnastdasnaes 7 76 Dy AAA LUIS e E E E E EE E E E 7 78 Button starting EPB fuse ix iecesdsccesncctacacesvedenssacsneents 7 78 Index G INSIDE rearview MiTTOT iincncscoisinsedivsaweinasavonssisnntenncnnenoracad 4 4 nstrument clusterf sisscsnasedanassanarsresnatsinonsunce
262. isture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is partic ularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car Maintenance Eee To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelera
263. it is securely closed Features of your vehicle WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion e Read and follow all warnings at the gas station facility Before refueling note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the
264. itch in the ON position the light stays on continuously 2 ON In the ON position the light stays on at all times A CAUTION Do not leave the switch in this posi tion for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running Features of your vehicle ty A sae ro RE aS ee Room lamp E Type A Map lamp if equipped Push the switch to turn the light on or off This light produces a spot beam for con venient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger E Type B OFF In the OFF position the light stays off at all times even when a door is open DOOR The light comes on when any door or trunk is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or the key is removed from the ignition switch the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approxi mately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously ON In the ON position the light stays on at all times OTF040110 Trunk room lamp if equipped The trunk room lamp come
265. ith this system The Bluetooth Wireless Technology word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth Wireless Technology SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology wireless technology Features of your vehicle m Voice Recognition Activation e The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth Wireless Technology System can be activated in the follow ing conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response e The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized e If the command is not recognized the system will announce Pardon or No input voice signal from microphone No response e The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times e At any time if you say help the sys tem will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth W
266. ive Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 e Adding Entry by Phone 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Add Entry after prompt 4 Say By Phone to proceed 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 minutes depending on the phone model and number of entries 7 Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Change Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Say new desired name e Deleting Name The registered names can be deleted 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Delete Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Yes to confirm m Making a Phone Call e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say Name when prompted Say desired name voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected 6 Say Yes to confirm and make a call oR wh Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name 2 Say Call lt john gt 3 Say Call lt john gt
267. just the seat to the proper position so as to easily control the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel i tl Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the same time Doing so may result in power seat motor or electrical component malfunction gt OTF030006 Forward and backward 1 Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seat to the desired position 2 Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OTF030007 Seatback angle 1 Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle 2 Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OTF030008 Seat cushion height if equipped 1 Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OTF030009
268. kk el Features of your vehicle e PHONE if available Select this item to enter BLUETOOTH setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information e RDS if available e TA VOL TA VOL MENU indication is RDS menu includes News AF Region TA possible with RDS MENU Vol menu sequentially Adjusts the TA Traffic Announcement vol riri ume level according to normal audio vol ume level e NEWS NEWS MENU indication is pos sible with RDS MENU Turns the automatic NEWS reception fea REGION REGION MENU indication is ture ON or OFF possible with RDS MENU re Selects whether REGION code is used ON or not OFF once the radio deter mines the AF jump condition If AUTO is selected AF jump condition is determined automatically via PI reception status e AF AF MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU Select this item to turn the AF Alternate Frequency feature ON or OFF Features of your vehicle TF_PA710TFE_CDP Using CD Player 1 Button If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 HE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the ran
269. l The system is a supplemental for parallel parking Diagonal line park ing is not available Even if the vehi cle is able to enter the space do not operate the Smart Parking Assist System The system will attempt parallel parking Continued Continued 5 Parking in uneven road Parking in uneven roads the driver needs to properly apply the pedal clutch accelerator or brake If not the system may cancel when the vehicle slips or an accident may occur Continued Continued 6 Parking behind a truck An accident may occur when park ing behind a vehicle higher than yours For example bus truck etc Continued Features of your vehicle How the system works 1 Activate the Smart Parking Assist System 2 Select parking assist mode 3 Search for parking space slowly move forward 4 Search complete automatic search by sensor 5 Steering wheel control 1 Shift according to the instruction on the LCD display 2 Drive slowly with the brake pedal applied 6 Smart Parking Assist System com plete 7 lf necessary manually adjust position of vehicle x NOTICE e Before activating the system check if the conditions are possible to use the system OTFS042221 e For your safety always apply the 1 Activate Smart Parking Assist brake pedal except for when driving System e Press the Smart Parking Assist System button the button indicator will illuminate Features of your veh
270. l button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position m Type A With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected x NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fogging of the wind Shield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B E Type A E Type B E Type A E Type B OTF040139N OTF040140N OTF040141N Fan speed control Air conditioning A C OFF mode The fan speed can be set to the desired Press the A C button to turn the air con Press the OFF button to turn off the air speed by operating the fan speed control ditioning system on indicator light will climate control system However you can switch illuminate still operate the air intake buttons as long The higher the fan speed is the more air Press the button again to turn the air 28 the ignition switch is in the ON posi is delivered conditioning s
271. le Anti lock brake system ABS warning light if equipped This warning light illuminates if the igni tion switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distribution EBD system warning light E Type A E Type B fae O If both warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally We rec ommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light E Type A E Type B 29 O Parking brake warning This warning light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released while the engine is running Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning ligh
272. leased from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Continued Continued Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury WARNING The electric motor cool ing fan is controlled by d engine coolant tempera ES ture refrigerant pres sure and vehicle speed It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant temperature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a normal condition Maintenance Recommended engine coolant For mixture percentage refer to the fol e When adding coolant use only deion lowing table ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp Ambient er coolant mixture can result in serious Temperature malfunction or engine damage The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro Mixture Percentage volume Antifreeze 30 al tected by an ethylene glycol based as 7 sa coolant to prevent corrosion and freez 25
273. ler Safety features of your vehicle Additional safety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or pl
274. llar gives the vehicle identifica ownership etc windshield from outside tion number VIN OTF080001 OBH088005N i a i cel Specifications amp Consumer information TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL E Gasoline engine THETA 2 0L erties 7 a wile OMG055004 The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your car OTF080003 OTF080003N OYF082009 OTFS082006 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Specifications amp Consumer information AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL OHC081001 A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model supplier part num ber production number refrigerant 1 and refrigerant oil 2
275. long Attach a white or red cloth france willl Bo feduced S40 chon automatic transaxle limit the about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the ne vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and let the brakes cool off i middle of the strap for easy visibility and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile e Drive carefully so that the towing strap when towing is not loosened during towing What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY COMMODITY IF EQUIPPED There are some emergency commodities in the vehicle to help you respond to the emergency situation Fire extinguisher If there is small fire and you know how to use the fire extinguisher take the follow ing steps carefully 1 Pull the pin at the top of the extin guisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally pressed 2 Aim the nozzle toward the base of the fire 3 Stand approximately 2 5 m 8 ft away from the fire and squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher If you release the handle the discharge will stop 4 Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire After the fire appears to be out watch it carefully since it may re ignite First aid kit There are some items such as scissors bandage and adhesive tape and etc in the kit to give first aid to an injured per son Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emer gencies such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to any prob lem
276. ls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Maintenance Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law FUSES Blade type Normal Cartridge type Normal Fusible link OLM079051N Maintenance A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the drivers side panel bolster another is in the engine compartment If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse
277. lso pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high i pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur lA ous FUSH whenever you depress the brake pedal OPRIE Please remember that some driving
278. lter Diesel Q Replace fuel filter cartridge Diesel Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace No check No service required Q Automatic transaxle fluid Maintenance ee MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace I Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION eee Every 15 000 km 10 000 miles AB C DEFG 1 Engine oil and engine oil filter R A monie R eener R Replace more frequently depending CE on the condition Manual transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C DE Gab ls a eee ATO DESE Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 90 000 km 60 000 miles GHIK Steering gear rack linkage and boots DoE Camo neque nty depending CD Er G on the condition Front suspension ball joints epee MOTE TCTE EMMY QS SIEM Cab Ean G on the condition 1 If the recommended oil is not available replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 10 000 km or 6 months Maintenance a Ci i t C NWUUUOti s UUUtCts stti NWUtittititttitC dA geese MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors Parking brake Drive shaft
279. lutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Driving your vehicle START RUN NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Not EE e With manual transaxle To start the engine depress the clutch pedal and brake pedal then press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position e With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position x NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the clutch pedal for manual transaxle vehicles or without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the engine start stop button changes as follow OFF ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC Driving your vehicle Starting the engine X NOTICE Kick down mecha nism if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with a kick down mechanism in the accelerator pedal it pr
280. lves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always prop erly position and secure children in rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fasten ing them over a child After an accident we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Always store or secure a child seat even when it is not in use During a collision or sudden stop the child seat could be thrown inside the vehicle S Rearward facing child restraint system afety features of your vehicle F poe Safety features of your vehicle Using a child restraint
281. ly locked in the trunk moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk WARNING e For emergencies be fully aware of the location of the emergency trunk safety release lever in this vehicle and how to open the trunk if you are accidentally locked in the trunk No one should be allowed to occupy the trunk at any time The trunk is a very dangerous loca tion in the event of a crash Use the release lever for emer gencies only Use extreme cau tion especially while the vehicle is in motion Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch If equipped x NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions OTF040019N Features of your vehicle Power windows if equipped The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger win dows The power windows can be operat ed for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LO
282. m detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly What to do in an emergency Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly x NOTICE If the TPMS Low Tire Pressure indi cator do not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or if they remain illuminated after coming on for approximately 3 sec onds we recommend that you con tact an authorized Kia dealer Low tire pressure telltale CQ Low tire pressure position telltale E Type A E lype B Low Tine Pressure P Low Tire Pressure OTF060013N When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure position telltale light will indicate which tire
283. maker from the road Driving on a steep grade or a curve Light reflects from the water on the road such as sunlight streetlight or the light of oncoming vehicles The lens or windshield is stained with foreign matter The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog heavy rain or heavy snow The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct light The lane is very wide or narrow The lane marker is damaged or indis tinct i E Drivin our vehicle The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip There is a mark similar to a lane marker There is a boundary structure The distance from vehicle ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead drives hiding the lane marker The vehicle shakes heavily The lane number increases or decreas es or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly Placing something on the dashboard Driving with the sun in front of you Driving in areas under construction The lane marker is more than two The lane marker in a tunnel is hard to distinguish due to dust or grease The lane marker is hard to distinguish after raining at night The lane marker is hard to distinguish due to dust Check LKAS z OTFS052091 LKAS malfunction If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for 2 seconds with an audible warning If the problem continues the LKAS fail indicator will illuminate OTFS052092 LKAS fail indicator The LKAS
284. me disconnect the bat tery cables OTFO70016 WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always pres ent in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly cor rosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to con tact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contact ed area If you feel a pain or a burning sensation get med ical attention immediately Continued Continued X Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer e When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite
285. mitted from the vehicle Unlike a disposable air filter the DPF system automatically burns oxidizes and removes the accumulated soot according to the driving condition In other words the active burning by engine control system and high exhaust gas temperature caused by normal high driv ing condition burns and removes the accumulated soot However if the vehicle continues to be driven at low speed for long time the accumulated soot may not be automati cally removed because of low exhaust gas temperature In this particular case the amount of soot is out of detection limit the soot oxidation process by engine control system may not happen and the malfunction indicator light may blink When the malfunction indicator light blinks it may stop blinking by driving the vehicle at more than 60km h 37 mph or at more than second gear with 1500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light contin ues to be blinked in spite of the proce dure we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer If you continue to drive with the malfunc tion indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen N CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more t
286. n e If difficulty is experienced turning the engine start stop button to the ACC position turn the steering wheel right and left to release the tension while pressing the engine start stop button e When you turn off the engine the vehicle should be stopped A CAUTION You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when the vehicle is not in motion In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the engine start stop button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times succes sively within 3 seconds If the vehi cle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position ACC Accessory Gange e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electri cal accessories are operational If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge ON e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the c
287. n This may damage the key ie Features of your vehicle E Type C OTA040001 Type C To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard OFD047002 A Immobilizer system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle Features of your vehicle Vehicles without smart key system With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not If the key is valid the engine will start If the key is invalid the engine will not Start To deactivate the immobilizer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Vehicles with smart key system Whenever the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position the immobi lizer system checks and verifies if the key is valid or not If the key is v
288. n cloth The sunroof is made to slide together with sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys tem as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and close the sunroof completely 2 Release the control lever 3 Push and hold the control lever for ward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows SUNSHADE OPEN gt TILT OPEN gt SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE gt SUNSHADE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset A CAUTION If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may operate improperly Features of your vehicle Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Change the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Adjust the drivers seat comfortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully store
289. n activate or deactivate this feature Refer to User setting in this section Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque steering wheel position and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer x NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning light does not illumi nate Continued Continued e The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion e A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position e Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a st
290. n fact they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trail er bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you discon nect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle s lighting system Use only an approved trailer wiring har ness An authorized Kia dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness Driving on grades Reduce the speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transaxle you should drive in D Drive when tow ing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle el Driving your vehicle A CAUTION e When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards H or 130 C 260 F HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe
291. n it will go out This light also comes on when the EPS has some problems If it comes on while driving we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Malfunction indicator light MIL check engine light This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position we recom mend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy CAUTION If the Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates potential catalytic con verter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power We recommend that the sys tem be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle N CAUTION Diesel engine if equipped with DPF When the m
292. n section 7 If you drive your car in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your car clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car This extra weight can result in increased fuel con sumption and also contribute to corro sion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your car Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speeds Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel econ
293. n the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into the neutral center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts Features of your vehicle CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary while the engine is not run ning Mo OTF040045 ts gif OTF040046 Folding the outsid jew mi D mi eee es annan type A i aaah In case it is an electric type outside To foid outside rearview mirror grasp the Sar a Acie PEERAA ahha AAG eA a Lely housing of mirror and then fold it toward To fold the outside rearview mirror hand It could cause motor failure the roa of ihe vehicle depress the button To unfold it depress the button again Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER EXCEPT EUROPE E Type A 1 Tachometer 2 Turn signal indicators w 3 Speedometer oe a 4 Engine temperature gauge o 5 Fuel gauge 6 Warning and indica
294. n the smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed If any door and trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors and trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once Using the transmitter Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key from the ignition switch 2 Make sure that all doors and trunk the engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the transmitter After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door and trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors and trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passen ger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger s leave the vehicle If any door trunk or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after entering the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the follo
295. nance Engine room Button starting EPB box if equipped x NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label OTF073104 Maintenance ALT 150A OVG079026 Engine room Battery terminal cover KEE Pt ASW LEE THE CESGNATED FLEE ONLY x NOTICE ICONS YATE TOKO Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label OTF073105 Maintenance PTC HIRI IPTC HTR2 PTC HIRS Engine room Sub fuse panel Diesel x NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi USE THE DESIGNATED cle It is accurate at the time of printing FUSE AND RELAY ONLY When you inspect the fuse panel in your ncnonbay Te TONbKO vehicle refer to the fuse panel label npeqHasHayeHHble npeqoxpaHnTenn n pene OTF073106 ee gq e e e e e e e e e e e e Maintenance Instrument panel Driver s side fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component MODULE3 Sport Mode Switch Key Solenoid W O Smart Key PDM1 Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key POWER POWER MODULES MODULE 7 5A Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key Rear Seat Wa
296. naxepsactegedseas 5 49 D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 47 Dashboard see instrument cluster eee 4 45 4 46 Day time running light seccions 4 93 Defogging Windshield ccecccccccceeeeeeesessteeeeeeeees 4 128 Defogging logic Windshield 0 0 0 ceeeesseeeeeeeees 4 130 Defroster Rear window seccsdassotnrenacnsecwacedeniabectencieaneses 4 108 Defrosting Windshield cccccccccccccceececcceeeeeeeeeees 4 128 Dinta le O Keser E RA 4 138 DIAN IS OTIS sie re cpsnactanstannetestadsinelatustenssdceethedapspmeliaensatecseress 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 47 Displays see instrument cluster wccssecscceiscdesecteicaees 4 45 4 46 Door BOCK eee E 4 15 Central door lock switch s ccincsusaensianadcananasouususauzanmeeaanes 4 16 Child protector rear door LOCK ccc cceceeeeeeeees 4 18 Drinks holders see cup holders ceccceeeees 4 136 Driver position memory system 1 0 ccceceeeeeeeeeees 4 36 Driyer s air aaa beste teed ots te ateceredenednasteeesbiearstednae 3 48 Drvne arae iie a aetna vesme genie etierecmaesecsaseesescs 5 67 Driving in flooded areas seciaccasiarermerenscassisarsunatinmeciansoras 5 69 Driving in the rain gcc cic enseaeranedusotemneruatentewonanoeenteatenaanes 5 68 Index iii ME FCO system ACH C naar ctascne tome denncncesiedeemadendetiemeresceees 5 56 Economical Operation ccccccccccccceccsssse
297. nce If it is near or at L Low add enough oilto Changing the engine oil and filter bring the level to F Full Do not overfill We recommend that the engine oil and filter be replaced by an authorized Kia Use a funnel to help prevent oil from dealer being spilled on engine components Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 CAUTION e Do not overfill the engine oil It may damage the engine e Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil If you drop the engine oil on the engine room wipe it off immedi ately Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate Checking the coolant level A WARNING Removing radiator cap e Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap while the engine is oper ating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in seri ous personal injury from escap ing hot coolant or steam Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is re
298. ncrease your speed When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever Lock release button x NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been d
299. nd installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Safety Standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front se
300. nditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic If you operate air conditioner exces sively the difference between the tem perature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up causing loss of visibility In this case set the mode selection knob or button to the 34 position and fan speed con trol to the lower speed Outside air Recirculated Heater core Climate control air filter OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in m
301. ne compact spare Check the inflation pressure after ing capacity shown on the sidewall tire in use at the same time installing the spare tire Adjust it to of the compact spare tire the specified pressure as necessary Aue d divina over obstacles NiE compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on Ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may o
302. ne to the next lower eh H Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1 and Station FM2 when the button is pressed each time FM1 FM2 FMA EEK ae When the aeaae is pressed it will S cy v a automatically tune to the next higher station TF_PA710TFE_RADIO 2 WUB Button 7 p Pressing the button selects the 6 Button AUTO STORE 8 Button AM band AM Mode is displayed on the Button e Moves Rea Button when search LED AMAMA When the button is pressed it automati ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program cally selects and saves channels with Type selection 3 Button high reception rate to PRESET buttons e Moves E button when search TA Traffic announcement Channels in EHB 3B and plays the channel FM CD AUX mode turns on off the saved in PRESET1 If no channel is saved reception of TA channels of RDS after AST it will play the previous channel ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program Type selection Features of your vehicle fie PTY TA AST hail FOLDER Fa TF_PA710TFE_RADIO 9 amp Audio Control Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to increase or decrease from current frequency Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the B
303. nflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1JBA3515 Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions OBH038058 Frontal air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflat ed air bags would not be able to pro vide any additional benefit Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehicle speed and angles of impact Safety features of your vehicle OBH0380
304. ng wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag warning light 8 remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Continued we recommend that the system be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deploy ment threshold Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e A child restraint system must Continued e For maximum safety protection in Continued e The SRS air bag system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident
305. ning Insert key illuminates for about 10 sec onds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds Remove key E Type A we Remove key E Type B oy lt i Remove key OTFO40086N When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder Features of your vehicle Check brake switch fuse if equipped E Type A A Check 1 ver brake switch fuse 5 brake switch fuse E Type B OTF042207N When the brake switch fuse is discon nected the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds in ACC Low washer liquid if equipped E Type A E Type B Low Washer Liquid Low Washer Liquid OTF040100N This warning is displayed for 10 seconds when the washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty If you press the TRIP button while the warning light is being displayed LCD display mode is changed to the trip mode for 4 seconds and then will return to the low washer liquid mode Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible Door open if equipped E Type A E lype B Door
306. ns caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED E Type A OAM049096L E Type B OTA040002 Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors and trunk are locked if the lock button is pressed while all doors are closed The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors are locked However if any door engine hood or trunk remains open the hazard warning lights will not operate If all doors engine hood and trunk are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 All doors and trunk are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Trunk unlock 3 if equipped The trunk is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the trunk is unlocked However after pressing this button the trunk will lock automatically unless you open the trunk within 30 seconds Also once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically X The word HOLD is written on the but ton to inform you that you must pre
307. ns where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand shovel jumper cables win dow scraper gloves ground cloth cover alls blanket etc Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING FOR EUROPE NOTICE For Europe If you are considering towing with with your car you should first check with your country s Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements Since laws vary the requirements for tow ing trailers cars or other types of vehi cles or apparatus may differ We recom mend that you ask an authorized Kia dealer e The technically permissible maximum load on the rear axle s may be exceeded by not more than 15 and the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle may be exceeded by not more than 10 or 100 kg 220 4 Ibs whichever value is lower In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph for vehicle of catego ry M1 or 80 km h 49 7 mph for vehi cle of category N1 When a vehicle of category M1 is tow ing a trailer the additional load imposed at the trailer coupling device may cause the tire maximum load rat ings
308. num wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 12 mm 0 47 in Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufactur ers warranty Install tire chains only on the front tires J CAUTION e Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 5 to 1 km 0 3 to 0 6 miles to ensure safe mount ing Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manu facturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension bod
309. o operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Operate the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempera ture When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HIGH or lowest LOW temperature setting the DUAL mode is deactivated for maximum heating or cooling Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature 2 Operate the driver side temperature control switch The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol lows While pressing the MODE button press the DUAL button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B OTF040138N Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position press the contro
310. o so 2 Place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operat ing If the fan is not running turn the engine off Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and we recom mend that you call an authorized Kia dealer 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again we recom mend that you call an a
311. o the outside air or recirculated air position Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed ke et ell Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips e If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape e To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system e During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic e Use the air co
312. occur check by trying to pull it up again When you open the cover use certainly the driver or key If you open the cover by your hand this could result in damage or injury to your hand and finger And then when the cover is HE l opened keep the cover certainly j OTF040017 If there is the problem with trunk Emergency trunk open release we recommend that the system cable be serviced by an authorized Kia 1 Take the cover out by putting the driver dealer X NOTICE l or key at left side If the trunk is closed with the smart key 2 Pull the hook of cable in it the chime will sound for approxi 3 After use securely close the cover ee 3 seconds and the trunk will Features of your vehicle WARNING Exhaust fumes If you drive with the trunk open you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants If you must drive with the trunk open keep the air vents and all win dows open so that additional out side air comes into the vehicle WARNING Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops occupants should always be properly restrained OTF040018 Emergency trunk safety release if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency trunk release lever located inside the trunk If someone is inadvertent
313. of dam age from road hazards Maintenance CAUTION Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible N CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means y
314. off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving g a ee A ee ee ti a aM N SSS gt SS oe i a oe sm Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure x NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine E E Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING a ees OBH058040 More severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize winter driving problem you should follow these suggestions Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the Original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake appli cations and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous pra
315. oisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens we recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by an author ized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle NOTICE Checking the amount of air con e Replace the filter according to the ditioner refrigerant and compres Maintenance Schedule sor lubricant If the vehicle is being driven in severe When the amount of refrigerant is low conditions such as dusty or rough the performance of the air conditioning is roads more frequent air conditioner reduced Overfilling also has a negative filter inspections and changes are impact on the air conditioning system required Therefore if abnormal operation is When the air flow rate suddenly found we recommend that the system be decreases we recommend that the inspected by an authorized Kia dealer system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer X NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 13 lt P Fan speed control switch Driver s temperature control knob Outside air position button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Mode selection button Passenger s temperature control knob Dual temperatur
316. omen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate normally WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steering wheel ik tl Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Rear
317. omy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice Snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck a
318. on such as an icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the Do not pump your brakes eg ie e Have the battery recharged before e Restart the engine If the ABS driving the vehicle warning light is off then your W 78 ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob A CAUTION lem with the ABS We recommend that you contact an authorized If the ABS warning light is on and Kia dealer stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS We recom mend that you contact an author ized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle OLG BRAKER AA d Electric parking brake EPB if equipped Applying the parking brake To apply the EPB electric parking brake 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Pull up the EPB switch Make sure the warning light comes on Also the EPB is applied automatically if the Auto Hold button is on when the engine is turned off However if you keep pressing the EPB switch till the engine is turned off the EPB will not be applied x NOTI
319. onding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants and allow the ABS to con trol the force being delivered to the brakes x NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system el Driving your vehicle x NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning A CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor tracti
320. one Introduction Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also Known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing A CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability Introduction OO O_ Use of MTBE Kia recommends avoiding fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting A CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE
321. ong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment Fading As your car moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears JBM005 Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select anoth er station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect
322. onths Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or Q Inspect drive shafts and boots foplace 0 Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel filter cartridge Diesel Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Q Inspect parking brake Continued Maintenance n ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR DIESEL ENGINE FOR EUROPE CONT 240 000 km 160 000 miles or 192 months Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt Diesel First 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots U Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect parking brake O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Continued Continued Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine coolant First 210 000 km 120 000 miles or 120 months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months LY Replace engine oil and fi
323. op for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir Check the windshield washer fluid level Look for low or under inflated tires Check the radiator and condenser Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves dirt or insects etc If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condi tion we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle e Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road e When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level e Check manual transaxle operation including clutch operation e Check automatic transaxle P Park function e Check parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal Maintenance Cee ees At least monthly At least twice a y
324. op or at a low driving speed e If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnor mally We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer e The steering effort increases if the steer ing wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condi tion Power steering if equipped Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehi cle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or left for more than 5 seconds with the engine running Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 seconds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump Features of your vehicle x NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunc tions the stee
325. operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will automatically unlock after an impact causes the air bags to deploy Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km h And all doors will be automatically unlocked when you turn the engine off and when you remove the ignition key if equipped i kt il Features of your vehicle Deadlocks if equipped Some vehicles are equipped with a deadlock system Deadlocks prevent opening of a door from either inside or outside the vehicle once the deadlocks have been activated providing an addi tional measure of vehicle security To lock the vehicle using the deadlock function the doors must be locked by using the transmitter or smart key To unlock the vehicle the transmitter or smart key must be used again Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the hole 1 and turn it to the lock f position When the child
326. opy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle E CD Player PA710TFG For General m CD Changer PA760TFG For General There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported TF_PA710_CDP_GEN TF_PA760_CDC_GEN Features of your vehicle PA760TFG_RADIO Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 BG Button Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1and FM2 when the button is pressed each time 2 BZ Button Pressing the AM button selects the AM band AM Mode is displayed on the LCD 3 Button amp Knob Turns on off the set when the IGNITION SWITCH is on ACC or ON If the button is turned to the right it increases the vol ume and left decreases the volume e Adjusts the volume of the car audio system Rotate clockwise to increase the volume or counterclockwise to decrease 4 HTG Button e When the button is pressed it increases the band frequency to automatically select channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found When the button is pressed it reduces the band frequency to auto matically select channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found 5 Bie Button e When the button is pressed it auto matically scans the radio stations upwards The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds
327. or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the USB device is divided by Continued e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle PA760TFG_USB Using USB device 1 Button USB If USB is connected it switches to the USB mode from the other mode to play the song files stored in the USB If no auxiliary device is not connected it dis plays NO Media
328. or damage to the portable navigation power outlet kt el Features of your vehicle A WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle e Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors n Do not stack floor mats on top of Floor mat anchor s if equipped one another e g all weather rub When using a floor mat on the front floor ber mat on top of a carpeted floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat Only a single floor mat mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps should be installed in each posi the floor mat from sliding forward tion IMPORTANT Your vehicle was man ufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal p operation Kia recommends that the Setup the clock Kia floor mat designed for use in Whenever the battery terminals or relat your vehicle be installed ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time Features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows Hour 1 Pressing the H button will advance the time displayed by one hour Minute 2 Pressing the M button will advance the time displayed by one minute 3 OUN026348
329. or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation AUTO Automatic control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to off posi tion when the wiper is not in use CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode use cau tion in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth Do not put pressure on the wind shield glass Features of your vehicle A CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the off position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger
330. or the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate E Type A Parking brake HOLD mp sea automatically locked Parking brake automatically lacked OTFS052077 E Type C Parking brake automatically locked OTFS053077 If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated because of ESP Electronic Stability Program signal a warning will sound and a message will appear Driving your vehicle OTFS052079 EPB malfunction indicator if equipped This warning light illuminates if the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is opera tion normally If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch or the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer The EPB malfunction indicator may illu minate when the ESP indicator comes on to indicate that the ESP is not working properly but it does not indicate a mal function of the EPB CAUTION e The EPB warning light may illumi nate if the EPB switch operates abnormally Shut the engine off and turn it on again after a few minutes The warning light will go off and the EPB switch will oper ate normally However if the EPB warning light is still on we recom mend that the
331. orrect clean or replace Maintenance I NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines hoses and connections Q Inspect parking brake O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel tank air filter O Inspect brake clutch pedal O Inspect power steering fluid and hoses if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Continued Continued Q Replace brake clutch fluid Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter U Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n COC EEEEEEEEEEEeeeee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THE
332. oseseneneiacenntaceasauautaussesvareatoees 6 9 Checking tire inflation pressure cccccccceeeeeeenees 7 66 Child restraint syste sorscoricriinni a 3 30 Child protector rear door lock cececeeeeeeeeeeeenees 4 18 Gare WCNC Rh ainiin eae aE ie eee 4 135 Climate control air filter scsosccdaseseoiecdencsondertaanetes 4 116 4 127 Climate control air filter 0ccccucanecensasnaaesenvessanexersatneossesces 7 57 Climate control system Automatic cececececeees 4 118 Air conditioning 5 scacuicasascacacageasssoseacacnantincsoraneeeatieenes 4 124 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 119 Manual heating and air conditioning 0006 4 120 Climate control system Manual ccccceeeeeees 4 109 Air COMI ONIN oa cdineeesccoserseenctiactaswnasenetenededextacteee 4 114 Climate control air filter cc ccceceeseeeeeseeerteeeeees 4 116 Heating and air conditioning ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 110 Clock raal eee ene eer ene ener err nent 4 138 Clothes hanger sa scsdessoxesasebsdlecascanidentnsaxanignaeaueiemeenss 4 139 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 45 4 46 Compact spare tire replacement aif ccvcceninsunsnadecse ceeetaveeds 7 70 ao a i EEEE EAE E E E EE E O E 7 47 Cooling fluid see engine coolant pic sccccncvaxsxnserceevectereexes 7 47 Crankcase emission control system cccccseeseeeees 7 111 Cruise control system sacsecececateaseconscnensosaniiasac
333. osition To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor To reduce the inflation pres sure Loosen the screw cap 8 on the compressor hose A CAUTION If the inflation pressure is not maintained drive the vehicle a second time refer to Distributing the sealant Then repeat steps 1 to 4 Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may be ineffectual for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm 0 24 in Please contact the nearest Kia A S center or a workshop that works according to Kia repair procedures with corresponding ly trained personnel if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit What to do in an emergency Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic Place your warning triangle in a prominent place to make pass ing vehicles aware of your location To be sure your vehicle won t move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Do not use on motorcycles bicycles or any other type of tires Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Before using the Tire Mobility Kit read the precautionary advice printed on the sealant bottle Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running
334. ot properly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multi ple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury H i i Fea p a lt a B230D01NF Securing a child restraint system with ISOFIX system and Tether Anchorage system if equipped ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit ting child seats that eliminates the need to use the standard adult seat belt to secure the seat in the vehicle This enables a much more secure and posi tive location with the added benefit of easier and quicker installation An ISOFIX seat can only be installed if it has vehicle specific approval in accor dance with the requirements of ECE R44 Safety features of your vehicle ISOFIX Anchor p Position Indicator a OTF030031 There is a child restraint symbol located on the lower portion of each side of the rear seatbacks These symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints So equipped
335. ou contact an authorized Kia dealer For more details refer to AUTO HOLD in section 5 Key reminder warning chime if equipped Without smart key system If the drivers door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed With smart key system If the drivers door is opened while the smart key is in the vehicle with the engine start stop button in ACC the key reminder warning chime will sound The chime sounds until the driver s door is closed Features of your vehicle Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator m Type A CRUISE O The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled by pressing CRUISE button on the steering wheel The indicator goes off when the amp CRUISE button is pressed again to deactivate the system E Type B Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pressed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged For more details refer to Cruise control system in section 5 The cruise indicators illuminates on the LCD display Speed limiter indicator if equipped E Type
336. ou may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER e Air bag warning light FX ABS warning light Seat belt warning light Turn signal indicator High beam indicator Low beam indicator sleli PO Tail light indicator Front fog light indicator Rear fog light indicator Engine oil pressure warning light OO O Parking brake amp Brake BRAKE fluid warning light NES Charging system warning light Tailgate open ajar warning light Door ajar warning light Aa Immobilizer indicator HH d J d D Shift pattern indicator AAY Manual transaxle shift indicator Low fuel level warning light Malfunction indicator light ESP indicator ESP OFF indicator Electric parking brake EPB malfunction indicator AUTO HOLD AUTO HOLD indicator HHSC O
337. our vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gauge firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Maintenance Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section
338. own then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake com ponents If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your car is equipped with an auto matic transaxle don t let your car creep forward To avoid creeping for ward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the car is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P Park If your car is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the car from rolling If your car is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the car from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the car from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar
339. p and hoses for leakage and damage Replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately Inspect the power steering belt or drive belt for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear oiliness and proper ten sion Replace or adjust it if necessary Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses if equipped Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not
340. pe A Shif to 7P position Shift to P Position i j OTF040085N If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the engine start stop button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Features of your vehicle Press start button again E Type B E Type A OTF040088N If you can not operate the engine start stop button when there is a problem with the engine start stop button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button once more The chime will stop if the engine start stop button system works normally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the engine start stop button we recommend that you contact an author ized Kia dealer Shift to P or N to start the engine for automatic transaxle E Type A E Type B orf gt Shift to ph or N tostar engine i Shit to F or N to stort engine OTF040089N If you try to start the engine with the shift lever no
341. ped If your vehicle is equipped with a kick down mechanism in the accelerator pedal it prevents you from driving at full throttle unintentionally by making the driver require increased effort to depress the accelerator pedal However if you depress the pedal more than approximately 80 the vehicle can be at full throttle and the accelerator pedal will be easier to depress This is not a malfunction but a normal condition Starting the engine 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the Start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator AN CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put
342. pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occu pant s lap Safety features of your vehicle 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning Type A As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning light blinks again for approxi mately 6 seconds If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfast
343. pened If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Features of your vehicle OYF049215 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof is closing automati cally it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Closing the sunroof To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position or pull the lever downward To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position The sunroof glass will close then the sunshade close automatically To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Features of your vehicle CAUTION Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged While using sunroof for a long time a dust between sunroof and roof panel can make a noise Open the sunroof and remove regularly the dust using clea
344. pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminum alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations J CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to
345. place heavy or sharp temperature setting of the seat will objects on seats equipped with change as follows seat warmers Damage to the seat OFF gt LOW warming components could occur tT a 36 Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Continued Continued A WARNING e For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the
346. play OTFS042055 OTFS042056 Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm el Features of your vehicle Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine The tachometer pointer may move slight ly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage otFso42058 CAUTION Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the catalytic converter Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illumi nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank Features of your vehicle OTF040057 Engine coolant temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats re
347. pletely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents Maintenance OJB037800 S CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits or engine and related part located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components and air duct inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the ve
348. plished Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal if equipped The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse Push the button located immediately below the shift knob and pull the gearshift lever to the left sufficiently and then shift into reverse R gear position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone CAUTION e When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution should be taken not to inadvertently press the shift lever sideways in such a manner that the second gear is engaged Such a drastic down Shift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine and transaxle may possi bly cause engine damage Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such a downshifting may damage the engine Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Rev
349. prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature el Features of your vehicle Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 2 3 D Start the engine Press the air condi tioning button Set the mode to the position Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed NOTICE When using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows
350. r head console The sunroof can only be opened closed snow may leak through the sun or tilted when the ignition switch is in the roof and wet the interior as well ON position as cause theft Features of your vehicle OYF049214 Sunshade e To open the sunshade pull the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position e To close the sunshade when the sun roof glass is closed push the sunroof control lever forward To stop the sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentar ily x NOTICE It is normal for wrinkles to form on the blind because of its material character istic When the sunshade is closed If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof con trol lever momentarily Tilting the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is o
351. r 5 seconds and the notice will illuminate on the LCD display if equipped Driving your vehicle Condition of ISG system opera E Type A E Type B E Type A E Type B tion The ISG system will operate under the following condition The driver s seat belt is fastened Aubo Siop i Auto Stop The driver s door and hood are closed Deactivated A The brake vaccum pressure is ade OFF quate The battery is sufficiently charged The outside temperature is between 2 C to 35 C The engine coolant temperature is not OTFS052073 OTFS052074 too low NOTICE ISG system deactivation If the ISG system does not meet that If you want to deactivate the ISG sys operation condition the ISG system is tem press the ISG OFF button The deactivated The light on the ISG OFF light on the ISG OFF button will illumi button will illuminate and the notice nate and the notice will illuminate on will illuminate on the LCD display if the LCD display if equipped equipped e If you press the ISG OFF button again If the light or notice comes on contin the system will be activated and the uously please check the operation light on the ISG OFF button will turn condition off Driving your vehicle E Type A E Type B Check Auto Stop System Check Auto Stop System OTFS052075 ISG system malfunction The system may not operate when The ISG related sensors or system error occurs The yellow AU
352. r end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery termi nals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connec tions CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and crack releasing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to d
353. radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 400 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side wal
354. rd warning flasher if it is crowded with other vehicles e If the parking lot is small slowly drive more nearer to the parking space e The search for a parking space will be completed only when there is enough space for the vehicle to move to park x NOTICE e When searching for a parking space the system may not be able to find a parking space if there is no vehicle parked a parking space is available after driving by or a parking space is available before driving by e The system may not operate normally in the following conditions 1 When the sensors are frozen 2 When the sensors are dirty 3 When it snows or rains heavily 4 When a pillar or object is near OMD040166 x NOTICE Slowly drive forward maintaining the distance of approximately 50cm 150cm 19 6in S9 0in with the parked vehicles If not within the distance the system may not be able to search for a parking space J CAUTION After searching for a parking space is completed continue using the system after checking the sur rounding area Caution AUTO HOLD Active OTFS042213 A CAUTION While using the Smart Parking Assist System if the Auto Hold acti vates the above message will appear Turn the Auto Hold opera tion off When you cancel the Auto Hold operation by depressing the accelerator pedal always check the surrounding area near your vehicle Features of your vehicle E Left side parallel mode E Right side
355. re amp tread wear Q Inspect vacuum hose 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months UO Replace spark plug Every 40 000 km 25 000 miles O Add fuel additives Every 5 000 km or 6months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance oe i UUUOCtsC titi NOts titttC dAS gE eeseee seeeeereeeeerses NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections U Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines hoses and connections Q Inspect parking brake O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect vapor hose an
356. re position telltale E Type A gt lt Low Tire Pressure B L Low Tire Pressure OTF060013N The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The low tire pressure and position tell tales illuminate when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated The low tire pressure telltale will illumi nate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer For details refer to the TPMS on chapter 6 Features of your vehicle LCD display warning if equipped Key is not in vehicle E Type A E lype B iad z z h eee i F Key is not in vehicle key is notin vehicle OTF040081N If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the engine start stop button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illumi nates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected E Type A E Type B Key is not detected OTF040082N If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the engine start stop button the warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds
357. reieesaxaanat 4 45 4 46 Gauge Instrument panel illumination cee ccc cee eens 4 47 Engine temperature PAU SS 2a oscscnacgecaesecatsccnessesiwressennare 4 49 Speedometet wee itcestuentanesbetemaitandixeettonticeni titataetencessucctatvascl 4 47 Fuel I E a a A E AA 4 48 Engine temperature BAU CC seieren ronseis 4 49 Glassroof see panorama sunroof sesesseesseressrersrenes 4 32 Tachomete T esnie 4 47 Glove Oc otcasesae gncetedeti oeaiei ia 4 133 Pie FAC EEEN E A T E T 4 48 OGOMICCCR aceia a S 4 50 H Trip COMPUTE nerirrimornosina tonnia aa 4 49 Hazard warning TASNEL siccscxasnadsaetonsdnmnatewtsdenutentusameviess 4 92 Maintenance SEIN crea cece tage manera 4 55 Hazardous driving Conditions cccccccsssssscscssssssscesssseeceeee aA User setting ee ne eee 4 54 Headlight escort TUN CHON pe caceececescecnecaeveretieaiatichtiesteue 4 93 Warning and tne COT ae mo Hcadheht FeV CHS CO VICS eronstecnvtsscasieseannsteanatenuentvctanonteas 4 98 mstiument Panel LAUAN a Headlight WASTE Io sandaoenedsaneazsasesceseseuensanassancssamsgmecaticast 4 99 peace POLIO MCTN MEW igen aes sess oteamenecteeatechtnee a EE T T 3 7 3211 Interior E a OOE ME EE E E A A A T 7 110 T E 3 90 Interior features esurire ennan 4 135 D A e E A eee ee 4 135 Highway CLIT MINS sesiieiissisrinenna nni 5 69 HO e A A 4 27 NING LE a T Ho A E E EE 4 40 ROMS Datip He sees pace pag ieee tetera is Py widened ean oe ee 12 Cup IOVS cs cate detegt epeaenaaba aed s
358. requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be prop erly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a tether anchor and or ISOFIX anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system A WARNING e A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint
359. ress the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened or when you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder Vehicles equipped with anti theft steering column lock The steering wheel locks when the engine start stop button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an authorized Kia dealer In addition if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position after the dri ver s door is opened the steering wheel will not lock and the warning chime will sound In such a situation close the door Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop kt sl Driving your vehicle x NOTICE If the steering wheel doesn t unlock properly the ENGINE START STOP button will not work Press the ENGINE START STOP button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tensio
360. ring It may cause contact failure and system malfunction Maintenance OTF070017 Instrument panel fuse replace ment 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover N OTF070018 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OTF070019 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse Maintenance z NOTICE If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc w
361. ring effort will greatly increase x NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather below 10 C 14 F the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a mal function When this happens increase the engine RPM by depressing accelerator until the RPM reaches 1 500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three min utes to warm up the fluid Tilt steering if equipped Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges i ia m E S OTF040037 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height 3 if equipped then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving el Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic sol vent
362. rmer Relay LH RH 5 E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 2 Diesel Box Fuel Filter Relay MODULE2 BCM Panorama Sunroof Rain Sensor TRUNK Trunk Lid Relay Trunk Room Lamp Driver Passenger Door Mood Lamp AMP BCM Power Outside Mirror Switch CLOCK CLOCK 10A A C Control Module Crash Pad Mood Lamp Overhead Console Lamp Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key Audio ISG Low DC DC Converter Audio CILIGHTER Cigarette Lighter mm HTD STRG ggo Steering Wheel Heater A CON A C Control Module E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 14 WIPER E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 11 RLY 12 Multifunction Switch Front Wiper Motor Maintenance Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component S HEATER FRT 20A Driver Passenger CCS Cushion Warmer With CCS FRT fi Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module W O CCS MIRR HTD j a Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror Driver Passenger CCS Control Module With CCS MODULE4 MODULE 75A Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module W O CCS 4 Front Seat Warmer amp CCS Switch Oil Pump Inverter ISG Low DC DC Converter Tire Pressure Monitoring Module A BAG IND a Instrument Cluster Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key STAAL Burglar Alarm Relay W O Smart Key S HEATER RR PI EAT PSS y 20A Passenger Seat Manual Switch PASS FOG LP RR Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module Auto HLLD Head Lamp Leveling Device Switch Manual HLLD MODULE1 MODULE 7 5A Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH RH BCM 1 Front Smart
363. road surface Never press the ESP OFF button while ESP is operating ESP indicator light blinks If ESP is turned off while ESP is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control ok NOTICE When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESP is turned off ESP OFF light illuminat ed Turning the ESP off does not affect ABS or brake system operation i i el Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC if equipped Hill start Assist Control is a comfort func tion The main intend is to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards while driv ing off uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the braking pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the driver s inten tion to drive off NOTICE e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESP is off but it does not activate when the ESP has malfunctioned Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving ona slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels
364. rst 1 3 5 Adjust alternator water pump and air conditioner if equipped drive belt Inspect and if necessary repair or replace Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km 350 miles or before starting a long trip For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer For THETA 2 0L 2 4L The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some impor tant matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 6 7 When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards EN228 or equivalents For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel additives regularly and have problems start ing or the engine does not run smoothly one bottle of addi
365. rtion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock e When pressing the rear portion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed Features of your vehicle WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury x NOTICE Once the trunk is closed when the power door lock switch does not operate elec trically you will not be able to open the trunk Ay WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might
366. rwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES a J CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement 1JBA5122 Blade inspection N CAUTION Front windshield wiper blade x NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper arms Type A or other components do not attempt 1 Raise the wiper arm to move the wipers manually Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall Contamination of either the windshield or A CAUTION against the windshield since it may the wiper blades with foreign matter can The use of a non specified wiper chip or crack the windshield reduce the effectiveness of the wind blade could result in wiper malfunc shield wipers Common sources of con tion and failure tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water Maintenance OO 2 Lift up the wiper blade clip Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it
367. ry The order of iPod s category is Playlist Artist Aloums Genres Songs Composers 6 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of Title Artist Album gt Normal Display Title Displays no information if the file has no song information Features of your vehicle 7 WENI Knob amp AHA Button When you turn the button clockwise it will display the songs category next to the song currently played category in the same level Also when you turn the but ton counterclockwise it will display the songs category before the song current ly played category in the same level If you want to listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button then it will skip to the selected song and play Features of your vehicle A CAUTION IN USING continued oot BLUETOOTH WIRELESS e If ja ser abit signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is tary oa CELLU too loud it may be difficult to hear Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth Wireless Technology settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the sys tem Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth Wireless Technology operations The phone must be paired to the
368. s Tire pressure gauge If equipped Tires normally lose some air in day to day use and you may have to add a few pounds of air periodically and it is not usually a sign of a leaking tire but of nor mal wear Always check tire pressure when the tires are cold because tire pres sure increases with temperature To check the tire pressure take the fol lowing steps 1 Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tire 2 Press and hold the gauge against the tire valve Some air will escape as you begin and more will escape if you don t press the gauge in firmly 3 A firm non leaking push will activate the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge to know whether the tire pressure is low or high 5 Adjust the tire pressures to the speci fied pressure Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 6 Reinstall the inflation valve cap Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 4 Owner maintenance 7 6 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 42 Engine oil 7 45 Engine coolant 7 47 Brake clutch fluid 7 50 Power steering fluid 7 51 Fuel filter for diesel 7 52 Washer fluid 7 53 Parking brake 7 54 Air cleaner 7 55 Climate control air filter 7 57 Wiper blades 7 59 Battery 7 62 Maintenance Tires and wheels 7 65 Fuses 7 74 Light bulbs 7 94 Appearance care 7 105 Emission control system
369. s 3 or WY position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the fol lowing OTF040147 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position 0 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status T F040148N Automatic climate control system if equipped 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defrost position pressing defrost button H0 3 While holding the air conditioning but ton A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times It indi cates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it is reset to the defog logic Status Features of your vehicle f 1 I 1 i i i i a B el en This indicator illuminates X NOTICE Cty when the auto defogging If the A C off is manually selected while AUTO system senses the moisture the auto defogging system is on the auto of inside the windshield and defogging indicator will blink 3 times to operates gi
370. s Sary Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections We recommend that the fuel filter be replaced by an author ized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage We recommend that the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Air cleaner filter We recommend that the air cleaner filter be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Spark plugs for gasoline engine Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance For THETA 2 0L 2 4L if equipped Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary We recommend that the system be serv iced by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance n Power steering pump belt and hoses if equipped Check the power steering pum
371. s connect a battery terminal turn A WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may 4 WARNING e Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a passenger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger s air bag inflates When installing a container of liq uid air freshener inside the vehi cle do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface It may become a dangerous pro jectile and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates B240B05L be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS 4 warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on after illumi nating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs we recom mend that the system b
372. s sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM MW LW reception z JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage FM radio station H Mountains p JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wr
373. s equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the driver s or front passenger s door sill Overloading Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If the engine will not start 6 4 Emergency starting 6 5 If the engine overheats 6 7 If you have a flat tire 6 8 If you have a flat tire with Tire Mobility Kit 6 16 Tire pressure monitoring system 6 21 Towing 6 26 Emergency commodity 6 30 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING E Type Ar z It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Press the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed OTF040105 Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine st
374. s on when the trunk is opened CAUTION The trunk room lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid opens To pre vent unnecessary charging system drain close the trunk lid securely after using the trunk room Features of your vehicle OLM049105 OTF040111 K OTF040112 Door courtesy lamp Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Glove box lamp if equipped if equipped Push the switch to turn the light on or off The glove box lamp comes on when the The door courtesy lamp comes ON when 44 The lamp will turn on if this button glove box is opened the door is opened to assist entering or is pressed exiting the vehicle It also serves asa _ The lamp will turn off if this button warning to passing vehicles that the vehi O is a A CAUTION To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the glove box CAUTION securely after using the glove box Vanity mirror lamp Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor cle door is open Features of your vehicle WELCOME SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OTF040113N Welcome light if equipped When all the doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key sys
375. s process may take from a few minutes to over 10 minutes depend ing on the phone model and number of entries in the phone contact list 11 By manual operation Select PAIR in PHONE menu then proceed from step 5 NOTE e Until the audio displays Transfer Complete Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free feature may not be fully operational e Depending on the phone make and model the phone book contact list mat not transfer to the audio system NOTE e if the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KMC_CAR to JHONS CAR or KMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone s User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting phone When the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is enabled the phone previously used is automatically selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Select Phone after prompt The system lists all the registere
376. s sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any button or turning any knob except the AUTO button while using automatic operation the functions not selected will be controlled automati cally 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating Naf Cooling Se 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OTF040133N Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows Nod Nod ze Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Floor amp Defrost A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B C D E F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E
377. safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment i el Driving your vehicle Ay WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab A WARNING e When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accel erator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored If you do not focus on driving it may cause an accident Be care ful when operating what may dis turb driving such as audio or heater It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS OTF050001
378. seatbacks e The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards To avoid the possibility of burns do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission control devices beneath this floor gener ate high temperatures WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident 4 WARNING e Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigar
379. servoir peri the vehicle s body paint as paint odically The fluid level should be damage will result Brake fluid between MAX Maximum and MIN which has been exposed to open air Minimum marks on the side of the for an extended time should never reservoir be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX Maximum level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is exces sively low we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance POWER STEERING FLUID IF EQUIPPED OTFO70009 Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground check the fluid level in the power steering reser voir periodically The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the gauge at the normal tempera ture Before adding power steering fluid thor oughly clean the area around the reser voir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level NOTICE Check tha
380. setting if equipped When the vehicle is at a standstill press ing the TRIP button for more than 2 sec onds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position or engine run ning the LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Vehicle Option 3 Move TRIP button to the desired item and select RESET button h Door e Auto Door Lock Off The auto door lock operation will be canceled Speed All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15km h 9 3mph e Auto Door Unlock Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or smart key is in the OFF position Door if equipped All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver s doors is unlock LKAS Mode for instrument cluster type B if equipped LKA The Lane Keeping Assistance System LKAS will be activated LDW The Lane Departure Warning System LDWS will be activated For more details refer to LKAS in section 5 Seat Easy Access only for Driver Position Memory System equipped vehicle On The driver s seat will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit the vehicle comfortably Off The Seat Ea
381. show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered when your vehicle is covered by warranty Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform x NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Maintenance book provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or mainte nance procedure we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Ay WARNING Maintenance work e Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work we recommend that the system be serviced by an author ized Kia dealer Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you
382. side windshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the off posi tion Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the wind shield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers OXM049048E Windshield washers front In the O Off position pull the lever gen tly toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty Features of your vehicle CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to
383. so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires e Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance Before starting e Close and lock all doors easily reached mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Position the seat so that all controls are Adjust the inside and outside rearview Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position sure the brake warning light goes out Release the parking brake and make For
384. spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance n 1 I030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and
385. splayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to parent folder display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed PA760TEG USB 7 xe Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total File Normal Display File Name Displays no information if the file has no song information 8 WI N Knob amp AHA Button Turn this button clockwise to display the songs next to the currently played song Turn the button counterclockwise to dis play the songs before the currently played song Press the button to skip and play the selected song Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano 1Ist 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normal ly on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology inter face The device must have audio Bluetooth Wirel
386. ss and hold the button for 1 second tl Features of your vehicle Transmitter precautions Continued NOTICE e If the transmitter is in close proximity A CAUTION to your cell phone or smart phone the Changes or modifications not Fi aoe signal from the transmitter could be expressly approved by the party e Thei aa ke is in ignition switch ee Se ee Mier coke ereua fel BET E IES BONE aa eer i f ia ae cell phone or smart phone This is void the user s authority to operate limit about 10 m 130 feet epecaty important when tie prone the equipment It the keyless entry The batterv in the E iicr is is active such as making call receiving system is inoperative due to weak y m text Ts beng en changes or medications not i f ing receiving emails Avoid placing expressly approve e par a d a a objects may be the transmitter and your cell phone or PR er AA it will Th an 18 R T smart phone in the same pants or not be covered by your manufactur O WEAN AS EYELE Y CTE jacket pocket and maintain adequate er s vehicle warranty The transmitter is close to a radio distance between the two devices transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter A CAUTION When the transmitter does not work Keep the transmitter away from correctly open and close the door with water or any liquid If the keyless the ignition key If you have a problem entry system is inoperative due to with
387. ssesesssesssseees 5 64 Electric chromic mirror ECM wicssncscinsnsnectosesesesscensvenase 4 4 Electric parking brake CEPB csjscinsorsisonraconssadzeredesssdereds 5 35 Electronic stability program ESP ccceeeeee 5 43 Emergency commodity ssrsesrerriririeiisenin i 6 30 Emergency starting 5 dsorsceccevsnestinacdseddennstanbeladarenbveiesnsedees 6 5 Jomi SCAT VINN 2 asserees s ceca camecstenseseinaadaeeoasnancnitesecosses REA 6 5 Puen 0218 1 1 ee ene ee ec eter eve 6 6 PTS TO CN CYTO WRENS ss ccssacssseecscegtamsaccsacumiensieansaeareaeasooeseoes 6 27 Emergency while GrvVithe s c0sciisc lt edeceanecesdzeavtyinsenseasaeeanes 6 3 Emission control system isn cones nnsctecaescnnnoanszdsadapaelevandeass 7 111 Crankcase emission control system 000008 7 111 Evaporative emission control System 0 7 111 Exhaust emission control system cccccssesseeeees 7 112 Fpgine compartment sorisa an aiia 2 4 7 2 P ngine cop lanene nen ee ee 7 47 Engine number ya gesaresheccsresacndsaccededeabiesnonsenea dnastanieesausecneses 8 8 Fngine Oll scscrarsnrsaenrs aat 7 45 Fogine Ohi Ler Scenos A 6 7 Engine start stop button ccccccceceeeeeeeeeessseeesenees 5 9 Engine temperature BAU Cac cacemcesaiceseucausincnpelonsstegeeeniees 4 49 Eogine will OT SAI pecoessenccecste ct Pace enictcostleaetdaaeveeeseeseeaens 6 4 Evaporative emission control System 00008 7 111 Oo WA OO OOOO Exhaust em
388. st System detects lane markers on the road and assists the drivers steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warn ing while applying a slight counter steer ing torque trying to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane WARNING e The steering wheel is not contin uously controlled so if the vehicle speed is very fast when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be con trolled by the system It is the responsibility of the driv er to drive safely Do not steer the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system LKAS prevents the driver from moving out of the lane uninten tionally by assisting the driver s steering However the driver should not solely rely on the sys tem but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane Always check the road condition and surroundings and be cau tious when the system cancels does not operate or malfunc tions Do not place any accessories stickers or tint the windshield near the rearview mirror Continued Continued The system detects lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera therefore if the lane markers are hard to detect the system may not work properly Please refer to Driver s Attention Do not remove any LKAS parts or apply impact Do not place objects on the dash board
389. st poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Safety features of your vehicle Folding the rear seat if equipped m TypeA _ The rear seatbacks may be folded to A S facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle 4 WARNING The purpose of the fold down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects than could not oth erwise be accommodated Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the car is moving as this is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seats This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or l Armrest damage during sudden stops To fold down the rear seatback To use the armrest pull it forward from 1 Make sure the rear seat belt webbing the seatback is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position i A Safety features of your vehicle 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback i a ies firmly until it clicks into place Make s
390. sy Access function will be inactivated Headlamp Escort if equipped On The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be activated Off The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be inactivated Welcome Light if equipped On The Welcome Light function will be activated Off The Welcome Light function will be inactivated Welcome Sound if equipped On The Welcome Sound function will be activated Off The Welcome Sound function will be inactivated Features of your vehicle Auto Triple Turn One touch triple turn signal On The lane change signals will blink 3 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly Off The Auto Triple Turn function will be inactivated AVG fuel economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when you drive after refuel Ing Manual Reset The average fuel econo my will not reset auto matically when you drive after refueling User Setting Moimenance 8 9 Vehicle Option A xi TRIP Move RESET Select OTF040074N a Maintenance kz BOCK Engine Oil Tire Rotation Move RESET Select OTF040075N TRIP E lype B Engine Oll Engine Oll A kml a oO one O 5000km 7500km 2 10000ten oor O 5000km Otsiti C ao00errn 1SD00 m p 1S00Otonry TRIP Move RESET Select J TRIP Move RESET OTF043076C 1 OTFS042076 1 Maintenance system if equipped Th
391. system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Program ESP system off by press ing the ESP switch After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESP system back on by pressing the ESP switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere ke kt Maintenance E Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine
392. system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer e If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up the EPB is not applied e If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on press the switch then pull it up Once more press it back to its Original position and pull it back up If the EPB warning does not go off we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized Kia dealer Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving emergency braking is pos sible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch x NOTICE During emergency braking by the EPB the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating J CAUTION If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking we recom mend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer kp el Driving your vehicle When the EPB electric parking AUTO HOLD if equipped brake is not released The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a If the EPB does not release normally we standstill even though the brake pedal is recommend that you contact an author not depressed after the driver brings the ized Kia dealer vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal Set up 1 With the driver s door engine hood
393. t bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months O Add fuel additives Every 5 000 km or 6months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 90 000 km 60 000 miles or 72months Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt U Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect parking brake O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect vacuum hose 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Continued Continued Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Replace
394. t compressor if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Q Inspect battery condition Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months O Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Add fuel additives Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Every 5 000 km or 6months Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or Q Inspect drive belt replace Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect parking brake O Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect vacuum hose 0 Inspect power steering fluid and hose if equipped Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East UO Replace climate control air filter if equipped Continued Maintenance I NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE CONT 45 000 km 30 000 miles or 36months Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid U Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect front suspension ball joints U Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressu
395. t in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Press start button while turn steering E Type A E lype B Press start button while turn steering Pross start butan while tum steering OTF040181N If the steering wheel does not unlock nor mally when the engine start stop button is pressed the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the engine start stop button while turning the steer ing wheel right and left Features of your vehicle Check steering wheel lock system m Type A m Type B Check steering M check steering wheellock wheal lock OTF040180N If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds Insert key E Type A E Type B et Insert key cy Insert key OTF040087N If you press the ENGINE START STOP button while Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD display the war
396. t locks into place Maintenance Position light DRL LED type or Position light LED type if equipped If the light bulb does not operate we rec ommend that you checked an authorized Kia dealer 7S i U OTF070069 Front fog light bulbs if equipped 1 Remove the under cover by rotating the screws 2 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 3 Disconnect the power connector from the socket 4 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 5 Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise 6 Connect the power connector to the socket OHD076046 Maintenance OTFO070029 OTF070048N Side repeater light bulb replace Type B ment If the light bulb does not operate we rec Type A ommend that you checked an authorized If the light bulb does not operate we rec Kia dealer ommend that you checked an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance OTF070047 OTF070031 E F OTF070030 Rear combination light bulb Type B Rear turn signal light Stop and tail light replacement 1 Stop and tail light 1 Open the trunk lid Type A 2 Rear turn signal light 2 Open the service cover 1 Stop and tail light Tail light 3 Back up light _ 2 Rear turn signal light
397. t remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Seat belt warning and chime if equipped Seat belt warning light As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening For details refer to the seat belt on chap ter 3 Turn signal indicator lt Th
398. t the fluid level is in the HOT range on the gauge If the fluid is cold check that it is in the COLD range In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid we recommend that the system be inspect ed by an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty When adding fluid be careful that dirt does not get into the tank Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and or noise from the power steering system The use of the non specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it Maintenance FUEL FILTER FOR DIESEL Draining water from the fuel filter The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an important role of separating water from fuel and accumulating the water in its bottom If water accumulates in the fuel filter the warning light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position i If this warning light illuminates we recommend that you con tact an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION If the water accumulated in the fuel filter is not drained at proper times damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused by water permeation in the fuel filter m 1 7 Diesel engine ri Emmm OTFS072080 Extracting a
399. tch or the left side of the Switch to cool the seat and push the front portion of the switch or the right side of the switch to warm the seat When the operation of the climate control seat is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you press the button the airflow will change as follows FE gt LOW e The seat warmer with air ventilation defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers whilst the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warm ers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat warmer off The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tem peratures especially if used for al s i A ee fom O1F030016 OMG038401 Seatback pocket if equipped The seatback pocket is provided on
400. te corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted Surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried ik el Maintenance SS Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cos metic oil sun cream hand cleaner and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they ma
401. ted object after checking the surrounding Always check the surrounding before driving your vehicle if the Parking Assist System warning sound dis tance from object is within 30cm con tinuous beep is heard for the object is close to your vehicle i ed Features of your vehicle To cancel the system while parking m Manual transaxle Press the Smart Parking Assist System A CAUTION button or turn the steering wheel to the Always check the surrounding left or right before releasing the brake pedal Shiftto st Gear Shiftto R e R OTFS042216 E Automatic transaxle Shift ta D Shift ta R OTFS042217 Gear shift while steering wheel control When the above message appears with a beep sound shift the gear and drive the vehicle with the brake pedal depressed Features of your vehicle The system may be cancelled in the below conditions e Ignoring the gear shift message and drive the vehicle approximately 150cm 59in e The front and rear Parking Assist Park Assist Cancelled Reduce Speed Park Manually Park Assist Complete System warning sound distance from object is within 30cm continuous beep is heard at the same time e The shift lever is changed to the P Park or R Reverse position while searching for parking space OTFS042218 OTFS042219 6 Smart Parking Assist System com Additional instructions messages pleted When the Smart Parking Assist System Complete parking your vehicle
402. tem When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession Escort welcome if equipped When the headlight light switch in the headlight or AUTO position is on and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the position light and headlight will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the position light and headlight will turn off immediately Interior light When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the room lamp will turn off immediately el Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window x NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to
403. tem Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty J CAUTION e Never use any fuel whether diesel B7 biodiesel or otherwise that fails to meet the latest petro leum industry specification e Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recom mended or approved by the vehi cle manufacturer Introduction Biodiesel for New Zealand Commercially supplied Diesel blends of no more than 7 biodiesel commonly known as B7 Diesel may be used in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications EN stands for European Norm The use of biofu els exceeding 7 made from rapeseed methyl ester RME vegetable oil methyl ester VME etc or mixing diesel exceed ing 7 with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty J CAUTION e Never use any fuel whether diesel or B7 biodiesel or other wise that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification e Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recom mended or approved by the vehi cle manufacturer Introduction E VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles y
404. tem operates set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit NOTICE While speed limit control in operation the cruise control system cannot be acti vated OTFR050049 To set speed limit 2 Push the SET switch 1 Push the speed limit ON OFF button 3 Push the RES or SET switch and on the steering wheel to turn the sys release it at the desired speed tem on The speed limit indicator light Push the RES or SET switch and in the instrument cluster will illuminate hold it The speed will increase or decrease by 5 km h The set speed limit will display on the instrument cluster Driving your vehicle If you want to drive over the preset speed limit when you depress the accelerator pedal less than approximately 50 the vehicle speed will maintain within speed limit However if you depress the accelerator pedal more than approximately 70 you can drive over the speed limit Then the set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until return to the vehicle speed within speed limit To turn off the speed limit con trol do one of the following e Press the speed limit ON OFF switch once again e Press the cruise ON OFF switch If you press cruise switch the cruise system will turn on If you press the CANCEL switch once the set speed limit will cancel but it will not turn the system off If you wish to reset the speed limit push the RES or
405. tenance Engine compartment sub fuse panel Diesel Engine Circuit GLOW Glow Plug Relay s 2 PTC Heater Relay 1 3 PTC Heater Relay 2 4 PTC Heater Relay 3 5 Fuel Filter Relay Relay Type Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehi cle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle x NOTICE After driving in heavy rain or washing the vehicle headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn t indicate a problem with your vehicle If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized Kia dealer OTF070027 Headlight position light turn sig nal light
406. tenance OO NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NU 2 0L THETA 2 0L 2 4L FOR EUROPE CONT 120 000 km 80 000 miles or 96months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect drive belt U Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines hoses and connections Q Inspect parking brake 0 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tire pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect vacuum hose and crankcase ventilation hoses Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel tank air filter O Inspect brake clutch pedal Q Inspect power steering fluid and hoses if equipped Continued Continued Q Inspect bolt and nuts on chassis and body Q Replace brake clutch fluid Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter Q Replace spark plugs Iridium Every 150 000 km 10 000 miles or 120months Q Replace coolant At first 210 000 km 120 000 miles or 120months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Q Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Q Add
407. the back of the front passenger s and driver s seatbacks long periods of time In particular the driver must exer cise extreme care for the following types of passengers Rear seat adjustment Headrest if equipped The rear seat is equipped with headrests Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc WARNING Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets In an acci dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occu pants for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a colli sion Safety features of your vehicle a Tapit 2 A OTF030017 Adjusting the height up and down if equipped To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Removal and installation if equipped To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head re
408. the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it a a el Driving your vehicle Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the Start position Automatic Transaxle transaxle shift lever in Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N neutral position Place the P park Glow indicator light W 60 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to pre heat the engine Then the glow indicator light will illuminate 4 If the glow indicator light goes out turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key x NOTICE If the engine were not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet ed t
409. the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped Power outlet The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running CAUTION e Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to dis charge Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle x NOTICE If you frequently connect and discon nect the cable to the portable navigation power outlet it may cause malfunction
410. the transmitter we recommend that exposure to water or liquids it will you contact an authorized Kia dealer not be cover ed by your manufactur Continued er vehicle warranty The transmitter will not work if any of Features of your vehicle E Type A OED039003A E Type B OSL040005 Battery replacement The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat tery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 for Type A and B CR1632 for Type C When replacing the battery make sure the battery positon 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For transmitter replacement we recom mend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION The transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to mois ture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter or smart key don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sun light A CAUTION An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the environ
411. tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt if equipped The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module Safety features of your vehicle x NOTICE Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts will be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts can be activated where the frontal collision is severe enough together with the air bags When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust
412. tings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Speed Rating Symbol Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph Above 240 km h 149 mph 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1612 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2012 Maintenance n 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means
413. to be exceeded but not by more than 15 In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph and increase the tire inflation pressure by at least 0 2 bar CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the infor mation in Weight of the trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also considerably adds wind resistance increasing pulling require ments Driving your vehicle SAG 500 T a ae A IE as fi iil
414. to the on position when the headlight is turned on Also the rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog light switch is turned on after the front fog light switch if equipped is turned on and the headlight switch is in the parklight position To turn the rear fog lights off turn the rear fog light switch to the on position again Rear fog light is only on the driver s side Headlight leveling device if equipped To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passen gers and loading weight in the luggage area turn the beam leveling switch The higher the number of the switch position the lower the headlight beam level Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position or headlights may dazzle other road users Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings For loading conditions other than those listed below adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list Features of your vehicle Automatic type Headlight washer if equipped Driveronly o It is automatically adjusted the headlight f your vehicle is equipped with the head Driver Front passenger 0 beam level according to the number of light washer it will be operating at the 7 moh ein the passengers and the loading weight In same time when you operate the wind ae the luggage area l shield washer It will operate when the And it offers t
415. ton is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN but ton MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM AM CD USB AUX iPod FM MUTE 1 4 if equipped e Press the button to mute the sound e Press the button to turn off the micro phone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section Aux USB and iPod port if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Features of your vehicle FM reception pome n JBM001 How car audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your car This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your car speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best po
416. top Signal if equipped The Emergency Stop Signal system alerts the driver behind by blinking the stop light when the vehicle suddenly stops or when the ABS activates in a stop The system activates when the vehicle speed is over 55km h and the vehicle deceleration is over 7m s or the ABS activates when the vehicle emer gency braking When the vehicle speed is under 40 km h and the ABS deactivates or the sudden stop situation is over the stop light blink ing will stop A CAUTION The Emergency Stop Signal system will not work if the hazard warning flasher is already on i i el Driving your vehicle Good braking practices After parking the vehicle check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the car is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the car under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized Kia dealer Don t coast down hills with the car out of gear This is extremely hazardous Keep the car in gear at all times use the brakes to slow d
417. topped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Maintenance Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel requirements suggested in section 1 Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Avoid driving with a extremly low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties ke kt Maintenance Diesel Particulate Filter if equipped The Diesel Particulate Filter DPF sys tem removes the soot e
418. tor lights E Type B 7 Shift position indicator 8 Odometer Trip computer i if equipped Lata gt Pe N F j om The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages Os 8 f DA EEA E a e a s CX OR D BRAKE O co EE OTFS042050 OTFS042051 Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FOR EUROPE E Type A Tachometer Turn signal indicators Speedometer Engine temperature gauge Fuel gauge Warning and indicator lights Shift position indicator Odometer Trip computer if equipped CO NOOO OFF WD gt F a 4 a J J 60 mH 100 7 x The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ a tame Ml ag from the illustration Ps Pesda For more details refer to the Gauges in a A r n e I j e149 the next pages 10 es i a ail Hi T 160 aT ss OLEI SY w De i EE OTFS043050 OTFS043051 Features of your vehicle OTF040052 OTF040053 OTF040054 Instrument panel illumination Gauges The instrument panel illumination intensi Speedometer ty can be adjusted as follows The speedometer indicates the vehicle e Ignition switch in the ON position speed e Parking light or headlight on The speedometer is calibrated in kilo e Pushing the control switch up or down meters per hour and or miles per hour The illumination intensity is shown on the instrument cluster LCD dis
419. tral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while pressing the engine start stop button to the START position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position Driving your vehicle Glow indicator light W 60 3 Press the engine start stop button while depressing the brake pedal 4 Continue depressing the brake pedal until the illuminated glow indicator goes off approximately 5 seconds 5 The engine starts running when the glow indicator goes off x NOTICE If the engine start stop button is pressed once more while the engine is pre heat ing the engine may start Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting If the engine is cold idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit 2 After high speed or extended driving requiring a heavy engine load idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off This idle time will allow the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off J CAUTION Do not turn the engine off immedi ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or tur bocharger unit e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine
420. ts yourself We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Continued Continued Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual Safety features of your vehicle Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed a
421. tton again 6 HB Button REPEAT e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder e To cancel REPEAT press this button again 7 GEG Button SCAN Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again Features of your vehicle Fae SEEK i TRACE TF _PA710TFE USB 8 Ui s Button Press the R button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed e Press the eA button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the Continued When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when yo
422. tures of your vehicle OTF040153 Glove box The glove box can be locked and unlocked with a master key or mechani cal key of smart key if equipped To open the glove box push the button 1 and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time OTF040154 Cool box if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever 1 of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever 1 to the closed position x NOTICE If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the cool box is reduced x NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box Features of your vehicle OTF040155 Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out Push to close OBH048125 Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net If necessary we recommend that you con tact an authorized Kia dealer or other repair shops that use qualified technicians to obtain a luggage net
423. u are not se audio system The USB cable pro using the iPod device Pe ORIO 6th Classic vided Oy Appie may cause mai o When not using iPod with car ti uneton and SHOU NOT DO Used audio detach the iPod cable from S AN for Kia vehicles iPod Nano 1Ist 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normal ly on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology interface The device must have The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupt ed When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort audio Bluetooth Wireless the quality of the sound Technology capability such as for e Deactivate turn off the equalizer stereo headphone Bluetooth function of an iPod when adjust Wireless Technology The device ing the audio system s volume can play but it will not be con trolled by
424. umption if equipped L 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption every 0 6 seconds from the driving distance and quantity of fuel injection E Type A E Type B Average Speed 92 km h OTF040066L Average speed km h or MPH This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero E Type A E Type B Ema Time 12 34 OTF040067L Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B Outside ISe Outside OTF040068C Outside temperature if equipped This mode indicates the outside temper ature around the vehicle The meter s working range is from 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F To change the outside temperature dis play unit C lt F press the RESET button more than 1 second in this mode E Type A ECO Driving ECO Driving hat
425. under a vehicle that is supported by a jack Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children pres ent are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack What to do in an emergenc OBH068002L 1JBA6504 Removing and storing the spare Changing tires 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench tire 1 Park on a level surface and apply jack jack handle and spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt the parking brake firmly from the vehicle counterclockwise 2 Shift the shift lever into R 5 Block both the front and rear of the Store the tire in the reverse order of Reverse with manual transaxle or wheel that is diagonally opposite removal P Park with automatic transaxle the jack position To prevent the spare tire and tools 3 Activate the hazard warning flasher from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergenc Cra OTF060004 f 1JBA6025 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun 7 Place the jack at the front or rear terclockwise one turn each but do jacking position closest to the tire not remove any nut until the tire you are changing Place the jack has been raised off the ground at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to inde
426. undetected Warning e If you cross a lane the lane you cross will blink yellow on the LCD display with an audible warning e If the steering wheel appears the sys tem will control the vehicle s steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane OTFS052084 OTFS052085 If the system detects a lane the color changes from black to white If the system detects the left lane the left lane color will change from black to white e If the system detects the right lane the right lane color will change from black to white E Left lane OTFS052086 E Right lane OTFS052087 If all the conditions to activate LKAS is not satisfied the system will convert to LDWS and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers Driving your vehicle W Hand on LKAS cancelled 5 d J OTFS052088 OTFS052089 e If the driver takes one s hands off the If the driver still does not have one s steering wheel while the LKAS is acti hand on the steering wheel after sev NOTICE vated the system will warn the driver eral seconds the system will be auto Eyen though the steering is assisted b after several seconds with a visual and matically cancelled the system the driver may control the audible warning steering e The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not Driving your vehicle LKAS condition is not met A O
427. ure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position m OTF030022N 4 Pull out the seatback locking knob 1 in the trunk then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle Safety features of your vehicle 4 WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat Ensure that the seat back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback Otherwise in an accident or sudden stop the seat could fold down and allow cargo enter the passenger com partment which could result in serious injury or death N CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear seatback insert the buckle between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback N CAUTION Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Do not place objects in the rear seats since they cannot be proper ly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision
428. urn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat again Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting If the engine is cold idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit 2 After high speed or extended driving requiring a heavy engine load idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off This idle time will allow the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off A CAUTION Do not turn the engine off immedi ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or tur bocharger unit Driving your vehicle OTF050005 lluminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed It will also go off immedi ately when the theft alarm system is armed ENGINE START STOP BUTTON I F EQUIPPED ENGINE START STOP button position OFF e With manual transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position stop the vehicle then press the ENGINE START STOP button e With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position p
429. us projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side impact air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on Continued aged we recommend that the system be serviced by an author ized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle P OTF030038 Curtain air bag if equipped Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the center pillar They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations 4 WARNING e In order for side and curtain air bags to provide their best protec tion front seat occupants and outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright position with the Continued Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open
430. use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions e Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire e Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact A CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in spare use Pe man Peri e Any continuous road use of this tire snou e SAn y y 7 The compact spare should be inflat could result in tire failure loss of PIOREO CONVEPHONaAN he yan ed to 420 kPa 60 psi vehicle control and possible per rim at the first opportunity pa sonal injury e The operation of this vehicle e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi is not recommended with BONGE mum load rating or the load carry more than o
431. uspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant if equipped Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL m Gasoline Engine Nu 2 0L Checking the engine oil level m Gasoline Engine Nu 2 0L HE 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground T 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully l OEA f DPO722C m Gasoline Engine THETA 2 0L 2 4L a WARNING Radiator hose IN THETA 2 0L 2 4L Be very careful not to touch the ft radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F Full and L Low Maintena
432. uthorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer i el What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE OTFO60002 Jack and tools The jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench 4 Spanner if equipped 5 Driver if equipped 6 Towing hook if equipped Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury 44 WARNING Changing tires e Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on level firm ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a tow ing service company for assistance Continued Continued e Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking posi tions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death Do not get
433. ve notice that the A C off can not be selected If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follow A CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover Step 1 Operating the air conditioning located on the upper end of the a is Step 2 Outside air position l driver side windshield glass OTF040178N Step 3 Blowing air flow toward the wind Damage to the system parts could Auto defogging system shield occur and may not be covered by tr Step 4 Increasing air flow toward the your vehicle warranty Only for automatic climate control anae system if equipped Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture of inside the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the AUTO mode is on Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartments Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely we OTF040171 Center console storage These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or front passenger To open the center console storage pull up the lever Fea
434. verspeed warning light Electric power steering EPS system warning light Auto stop for ISG system indicator A Glow indicator Diesel only Fuel filter warning light Diesel only ow tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator JE Cruise SET indicator Elo s gt 3 Cruise control indicator ep pe D m ep T Speed limit indicator x0 ECO indicator He if equipped For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 KIA THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors 1s dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations At all of our Kia dealerships you will be treated with warmth hospitality and professionalism by people who care based on our Family like Care promise All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Enjoy your vehicle
435. w one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal x NOTICE If the multi fuse is blown we recom mend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer et eee OTF070022 Button starting EPB fuse If the button starting EPB fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Open the cover in the engine compe tent 2 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 3 Close the cover NOTICE If the button starting EPB fuse is blown we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY ucnonb3syhTe TONbKO NPeAHAsHaYeHHble NPeAOXpAaHHTeNK 7 5A OTF070023 Instrument panel fuse panel x NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label OTF073103 Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel x NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label LEE THE DESIGNATED FLEE AND RELAY ONLY VICNOMES YATE TOMKO PPSDHESHSUCHHSE PPEDO gt PSHTEM H PEN Spay OTF073101 Mainte
436. wder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists WARNING When the air bags deploy the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and or instrument panel and or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot To prevent injury do not touch the air bag storage area s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated 1JBH3051 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint Causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place a front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child If your vehicle is equipped with the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch you can activate or deactivate the front passenger s air bag when necessary 4 WARNING e Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it can cause serious or fatal injuries When children are seated in the rear outboard seats
437. wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine while work ing under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry espe cially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose cloth ing before getting near the engine or cooling fans WARNING Diesel Engine Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine High pressure pump rail injectors and high pressure pipes are sub ject to high pressure even after the engine stopped The fuel jet pro duced by fuel leaks may cause seri ous injury if it touches the body People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room while engine is run ning since the high currents in the electronic engine control system produce considerable magnetic fields Maintenance kt el Maintenance E OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you st
438. wer window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the drivers power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate Features of your vehicle x NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature
439. where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads e Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After the periods or distance shown in the chart continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals Maintenance Eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE THETA 2 0L 2 4L EXCEPT EUROPE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first 1 3 4 5 6 Adjust alternator water pump and air conditioner if equipped drive belt Inspect and if necessary repair or replace If drive belt noise occurred readjust drive belt tension before replace Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km 350 miles or before starting a long trip Driving in Summer season temperature over 40 C 104 F SAUDI UAE OMAN KUWAIT BAHRAIN QATAR IRAN YEMEN ETC or driving over 170 km
440. will self cancel after a turn is completed Features of your vehicle If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the off position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the off position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function if equipped To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times x NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit E Type A SS OAM049046 Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned on after the parklight is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the fog light switch 1 to the O Off position A CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Features of your vehicle E Type B OAM049046L 1 Rear fog light To turn the rear fog lights on turn the rear fog light switch 1
441. wing occurs while the system is armed e A door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The trunk is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the trans mitter or smart key a Features of your vehicle Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or trunk is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed X NOTICE Non immobilizer system e Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys we recommend that you consult an authoriz
442. x with the jack What to do in an emergency 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs OTF060008 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage gq sss esses What to do in an emergency 10 To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fin gers again 11 Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OTFO60007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension
443. y and wheels Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 We recommend that the level of charge in your battery be checked by an authorized Kia dealer Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use we rec ommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle To keep locks from
444. y cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them CAUTION When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained J CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carp
445. you have wished For drivers park their vehicle by using sen example the space between your vehi sors to measure parallel parking spaces cle and wall may not be the distance control the steering wheel to semi auto you have desired matically park the car and provide Deactivate the system and park your instruction on the LCD display to help vehicle manually when the situation through parking requires parking manually The Parking Assist System s front and rear warning sound activates when the Smart Parking Assist System is activated After searching for a parking space is completed the Smart Parking Assist System will be canceled if the Parking Assist System is cancelled by pressing the button to the OFF position Features of your vehicle E Right side parallel mode Left side parallel mode Operating condition The system will help park the vehicle in the middle or back of a parked vehicle Use the system when all the below con ditions are met e When the parking space is a straight line e When parallel parking is required e When there is a parked vehicle e When there is enough space to move the vehicle Non operating condition Never use the Smart Parking Assist System in the below conditions e Curved parking space Inclined roads A vehicle loaded with longer or wider cargo compared to the vehicle Diagonal parking space Parking space with trash grass or bar riers Heavy snow or r
446. your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine A CAUTION Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle ISG IDLE STOP AND GO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with the ISG system which reduces fuel con sumption by automatically shutting down the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill For example red light stop sign and traffic jam The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running x NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning E Type A E Type B OTFS052071 Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode 1 Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 5 km h 2 Shift into N Neutral position 3 Release the clutch pedal The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will illuminate E Type A E Type B Auto Start Deactivated Start Manually Auto Start Deactivated Start Manually OTFS052072 NOTICE e You must reach a speed of at least 10 km h since last idle stop e If you unfasten the seat belt or open t
447. ystem off ton Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan Features of your vehicle OTF040142 Climate information screen selection if equipped Press the climate information screen selection button to display climate infor mation on the screen System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 8 or 447 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To

Introduction

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents